Chem Workshop - Question Paper Compilation

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 197

क य व ालय संगठन

े दहरा न संभाग

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN
DEHRADUN REGION

रसायन व ान वषय हेतुसंवधन कायशाला


SUBJECT ENRICHMENT WORKSHOP FOR
CHEMISTRY
स /SESSION – 2022-23

क ा 11 एवं 12 हेतु तदश प सं ह


COMPILA TION OF MOD EL Q UESTION
PA PERS OF CLA SS X I an d X II
Chief Patron

Ms. MENAXI JAIN


Deputy Commissioner, KVS RO Dehradun
Patron

Dr. SUKRITI RAIWANI


Assistant Commissioner, KVS RO DehradunN
Coordinator
Mr. ARVIND KUMAR
Principal, Kendriya Vidyalaya No.-2, Roorkee

Venue
1
Kendriya Vidyalaya, No.-2, Roorkee

2
CONTENTS
CLASS XI SESSION ENDING MODEL QUESTION PAPERS (2 – 77)
S.No. Question Paper Set Page No.
1. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-1 3–9
Marking Scheme Set-1 9 – 14
Blue Print Set-1 14
2. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-2 15 – 20
Marking Scheme Set-2 20 – 26
Blue Print Set-2 26
3. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-3 27 – 33
Marking Scheme Set-3 33 – 36
Blue Print Set-3 36
4. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-4 37 – 42
Marking Scheme Set-4 42 – 45
Blue Print Set-4 45
5. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-5 46 – 52
Marking Scheme Set-5 52 – 56
Blue Print Set-5 56
6. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-6 57 – 62
Marking Scheme Set-6 63 – 67
Blue Print Set-6 67
7. Class XI Session Ending Question Paper Set-7 68 – 72
Marking Scheme Set-7 73 – 77
Blue Print Set-7 77
CLASS XII BOARD MODEL QUESTION PAPERS (78 – 171)
S.No. Question Paper Set Page No.
8. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-1 79 – 83
Marking Scheme Set-1 83 – 88
Blue Print Set-1 88
9. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-2 89 – 95
Marking Scheme Set-2 95 – 101
Blue Print Set-2 101
10. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-3 102 – 107
Marking Scheme Set-3 107 – 111
Blue Print Set-3 111
11. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-4 112 – 117
Marking Scheme Set-4 117 – 124
Blue Print Set-4 124
12. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-5 125 – 131
Marking Scheme Set-5 131 – 135
Blue Print Set-5 135
13. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-6 136 – 142
Marking Scheme Set-6 142 – 145
Blue Print Set-6 145
14. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-7 146 – 152
Marking Scheme Set-7 152 – 159
Blue Print Set-7 159
15. Class XII Board Model Question Paper Set-8 160 – 165
Marking Scheme Set-8 156 – 170
Blue Print Set-8 171

3
CLASS XI
SESSION ENDING
MODEL QUESTION
PAPERS

4
SET-1
SESSION ENDING EXAMINATION

SESSION: 2022-23

SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY THEORY


CLASS-XI

MM: 70 Time:3 Hours

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.

b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.

c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.

d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.

e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.

f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.

g) All questions are compulsory.

h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed.

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. Which of the following weighs the most?
(a) One gm. atom of nitrogen
(b) One mole of water
(c) One mole of sodium
(d) One molecule of H2SO4
2. A sub-shell with n = 6 , l = 2 can accommodate a maximum of
(a) 12 electrons
(b) 36 electrons
(c) 10 electrons
(d) 72 electrons
3. The smallest particle that can take part in chemical reactions is ————–.

(a) Atom

(b) molecule

(c) Both (a) and (b)

(d) none of these

4. The electronic configuration of chromium (Z=24) is:

5
(a) [Ne] 3s2 3p6 3d4 4s2

(b) [Ne] 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1

(c) [Ne] 3s2 3p6 3d1 4s2

(d) [Ne] 3s2 3p6 4s2 4p4

5. Which of the following properties generally decreases along a period?


(a) Ionization Energy
(b) Metallic Character
(c) Electron Affinity
(d) Valency
6. The outer orbitals of C in ethene molecule can be considered to be hybridized to give
three equivalent sp² orbitals. The total number of sigma (s) and pi (p) bonds in ethene
molecule is-
(a) 1 sigma (s) and 2 pi (p) bonds
(b) 3 sigma (s) and 2 pi (p) bonds
(c) 4 sigma (s) and 1 pi (p) bonds
(d) 5 sigma (s) and 1 pi (p) bonds
7. The species having pyramidal shape is
(a) SO3
(b) BrF3
(c) SiO32-
(d) OSF2
8. In the long form of the periodic table, the valence shell electronic configuration of
5s²5p4 corresponds to the element present in:
(a) Group 16 and period 6
(b) Group 17 and period 6
(c) Group 16 and period 5
(d) Group 17 and period 5
9. In which of the following process, a maximum increase in entropy is observed?
(a) Dissolution of Salt in Water
(b) Condensation of Water
(c) Sublimation of Naphthalene
(d) Melting of Ice
10. The I.U.P.A.C. name of the following compound is-

(a) 3-Ethyl-2-hexene
(b) 3-Propyl-2-bexene
(c) 3-Propyl-3-hexene
(d) 4-Ethyl-4-hexene
11. The enthalpies of combustion of carbon and carbon monoxide are -393.5 and -283.0
kJ mol-1 respectively. The enthalpy of formation of carbon monoxide is:
(a) -676 kJ
(b) 110.5 kJ
(c) -110.5 kJ

6
(d) 676.5 kJ
12. When NH4Cl is added to NH4OH solution the dissociation of ammonium hydroxide is
reduced. It is due to:

(a) common ion effect


(b) hydrolysis
(c) oxidation
(d) reduction

13. The oxidation state of Cr in Cr (CO)6 is


(a) 0
(b) 2
(c) 2
(d) 6
14. Isopropyl bromide on Wurtz reaction gives
(a) Hexane
(b) Propane
(c) 2, 3 – Dimethyl butane
(d) Neohexane
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion: A catalyst does not influence the values of the equilibrium constant.
Reason: Catalysts influence the rate of both forward and backward reactions equally.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Among halogens fluorine is the best oxidant.
Reason (R): Fluorine is the most electronegative atom.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion: Sodium acetate on Kolbe’s electrolysis gives methane.
Reason: Methyl free radical is formed at anode.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Sulphur present in an organic compound can be estimated
quantitatively by Carius method.

7
Reason (R): Sulphur is separated easily from other atoms in the molecule and gets
precipitated as light yellow solid.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. i) How many moles of sulphuric acid are present in 1 dm3 of 0.5 M solution?
ii) What do you understand by limiting reagent?
20. i) Why does the first ionization enthalpy increase as we go from left to right across a
given period of the Periodic Table?
ii) The element C has atomic numbers 35. On the basis of electronic configuration
predict the group and period to which this element belongs.
OR
i) What would be the IUPAC name and symbol for the element with atomic
number 110?
ii) Comment on the statement, “The electron gain enthalpy of halogens
decrease in the order F > Cl > Br > I.”
21. a) Out of sigma and pi bonds, which one is stronger and why?
b) Although both CO2 and H2O are triatomic molecules, the shape of H2O molecule is
bent while that of CO2 is linear. Explain this on the basis of dipole moment.
22. Consider the following species:
N3-, O2-, F–, Na+, Mg2+, Al3+
(a) What is common in them?
(b) Arrange them in order of increasing ionic radii?
23. i) Why the entropy of a diamond is less than that of graphite?
ii) Neither q nor w is a state function but q+ w is a state function. Why?
24. a) What is the effect of increasing pressure on the equilibrium?
N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) ⇌ 2NH3 (g)?
b) What happens to the dissociation of PCl5 in a closed vessel if helium gas is
introduced into it at the same temperature?
25. Balance the following equation by ion electron method –
P4(s) + OH–(aq) → PH3(g) + H2PO2–(aq) (in basic medium)
OR
MnO4 (aq) + SO2(g) → Mn (aq) +H2SO4– (in acidic solution)
– 2+

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. a) How many significant figures are present in the following?
(i) 0.0025 (ii) 126,000
b) How much copper can be obtained from 100 g of copper sulphate (CuSO4)?
(Atomic mass of Cu= 63.5 amu)

8
OR
(a)Calculate the mass of sodium acetate (CH3COONa) required to make 500 mL of
0.375 molar aqueous solution. Molar mass of sodium acetate is 82.0245 g mol-1
(b)Round up the following upto three significant figures:
(i) 0.04597 (ii) 2808
27. Attempt any three-
i) Although geometries of NH3 and H2O molecules are distorted tetrahedral, bond
angle in water is less than that of ammonia. Discuss.
ii) Explain on the basis of the molecular orbital diagram why O2 should be
paramagnetic?
iii) Explain why PCl5 is trigonal bipyramidal whereas IF5 is square pyramidal.
iv) NH3 has a higher boiling point than PH3.Give reason.
28. i) Name the spectral line in the spectrum of H-atom obtained when an electron jumps
from n = 4 to n = 2.
ii) Write the value of four quantum numbers for the valence electron of the sodium
atom.
29. i) Write the relation between Kc and Kp for the reaction
PCl5 (g) ⇌ PCl3 (g) + Cl2 (g)
ii) Write the conjugate acid and conjugate base of water?
iii) What happens when HCl gas is passed through NaCl solution?
30. a) What products are formed when zinc reacts with vicinal C2H4Br2.
b) Out of cis-2-butene and trans-2-butene which is polar and which one is non-polar?
c) Benzene is highly unsaturated, yet it does not give usual addition reactions readily.
Why?

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and carries 4
(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.
31.
In atoms, there are a total of four quantum numbers: the principal quantum number (n),
the orbital angular momentum quantum number (l), the magnetic quantum number
(ml), and the electron spin quantum number (ms). The principal quantum number, n,
describes the energy of an electron and the most probable distance of the electron from
the nucleus. In other words, it refers to the size of the orbital and the energy level an
electron is placed in. The number of subshells, or l, describes the shape of the orbital. It
can also be used to determine the number of angular nodes. The magnetic quantum
number, ml, describes the energy levels in a subshell, and ms refers to the spin on the
electron, which can either be up or down. The number of orbitals in a subshell is
equivalent to the number of values the magnetic quantum number ml takes on. A
helpful equation to determine the number of orbitals in a subshell is 2l +1. This
equation will not give you the value of ml, but the number of possible values that ml
can take on in a particular orbital. For example, if l=1 and ml can have values -1, 0, or
+1, the value of 2l+1 will be three and there will be three different orbitals.

a) Complete the sentence-


Quantum Numbers are solutions of _____________.

9
b) How many electrons in an atom may have the following quantum numbers?
n = 3, l = 0.
c) What are the values of principal quantum number (n) and azimuthal quantum
number (l) for 3s and 4p orbitals?

OR
What are the possible subshells when n = 4? How many orbitals are contained
by each of these subshells?

32. Acyclic or Open Chain Compounds & Alicyclic or Closed Chain or Ring Compounds
– Organic compounds are classified as open-chain compounds and closed chain
compounds in terms of the carbon chain. Also termed as Organic Compounds Acyclic or
Open Chain or Aliphatic Compounds, Cyclic or Closed Chain or Ring Compounds.
Aromatic Compounds – Plants and micro-organisms have an exclusive route to
benzene-ring compounds. The great majority of aromatic compounds in nature,
therefore, are produced by plants and microorganisms, and animals are dependent upon
plants for many aromatic compounds either directly or Indirectly.
Heterocyclic Aromatic Compounds – In the twentieth century it is witnessed that the
first inorganic heteroaromatic compound produced in the laboratory. Some of these
heterocyclic aromatic compounds are very important in biochemical processes, drugs,
and agrochemicals.

a) Explain why alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a π-system.
b) Name a suitable technique of separation of the components from a mixture of
calcium sulphate and camphor.
c) What are electrophiles and nucleophiles? Explain with examples.
OR
i) Explain, why an organic liquid vaporises at a temperature below its boiling
point in its steam distillation?
ii) Will CCl4 give white precipitate of AgCl on heating it with silver nitrate? Give
reason for your answer.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.
33. a) Is Lassaigne’s extract neutral, acidic or alkaline?
b) Write the metamer of diethyl ether. What is its I.U.P.A.C. name?
c) 0.3780 g of an organic compound gave 0.5740 g of silver chloride in Carius
estimation. Calculate the percentage of chlorine in the compound.
(Ag = 108u ; Cl = 35.5u)
OR
a) An organic liquid decomposes below its boiling point. How will you purify it?
b) i) What do you understand by Homolytic fission?
ii) What are carbanions? Give an example.
c) In an estimation of sulphur by Carius method, 0.468 of an organic sulphur
compound gave 0.668 g of barium sulphate. Find the percentage of sulphur in

10
the compound. (Ba = 137u ; S = 32u ; O = 16u)
34. a) What will happen to internal energy if work is done by the system?
b) Show that for an ideal gas C P − CV = R
c) For a reaction at 298 K
2A + B  C
∆H = 40Q kj mol-1 and AS = 0.2 kj Kr-1 mol-1.
At what tempera→ture will the reaction become spontaneous considering ∆H
and ∆S to be constant over the temperature range?
35. i) What effect does branching of an alkane chain has on its boiling point?
ii) An alkene ‘A’ on ozonolysis gives a mixture of ethanal and pentan-3-one. Write
the structure and IUPAC name of ‘A’.
iii) What are the necessary conditions for any system to be aromatic?
OR
i) Why is Wurtz reaction not preferred for preparation of alkanes containing odd
number of carbon atoms?
ii) What is decarboxylation? Give an example.
iii) What happens when benzene is treated with excess of Cl2 in presence of
sunlight? Give chemical reaction.
iv) What is Lindlar’s catalyst? Give its use.
v) Which is more acidic: ethene or ethyne and why?

MA RKING SCHEME

1. (c) One mole of sodium 1


2. (c) 10 electrons 1
3. (c) Both (a) and (b) 1

4. (b) [Ne] 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1 1


5. (b) Metallic Character 1
6. (d) 5 sigma (s) and 1 pi (p) bonds 1
7. (d) OSF2 1
8. (c) Group 16 and period 5 1
9. (c) Sublimation of Naphthalene 1
10. (a) 3-Ethyl-2-hexene 1
11. (c) -110.5 kJ 1
12. (a) common ion effect 1
13. (a) 0 1
14. (c) 2, 3 – Dimethylbutane 1
15. a 1
16. b 1
17. d 1
18. c 1
19. i) 0.5mole. 1
ii) The reacting substance gets used up first in the reactions. 1
20. i) This is due to the gradual increase in nuclear charge and a simultaneous decrease 1
in atomic size the electrons are more and more tightly bound to the nucleus. This

11
results in a gradual increase in ionization energy across the period.
ii) The electronic configuration of element- 1
C (At. no 35) = 1s2, 2s2 2p6, 3s2 3p6 3d10, 4s2 4p5
The element C belongs to the 17th group lies in the 4th period.
OR
i) Ununnilium and its symbol are Uun. 1
ii) The statement is wrong. The actual order is I > Br > F > Cl. 1

21. a) Sigma bond is stronger. This is because a bond is formed by head-on 1


overlapping of atomic orbitals and such overlapping being on the internuclear axis
is large, n bond is formed by sidewise overlapping which is small and so a Pi bond
is weaker.
b) In CO2, there are two C=O bonds. Each C=O bond is a polar bond. 1
The net dipole moment of CO2 molecule is zero. This is possible only if CO2 is a
linear molecule. (O=C=O). The bond dipoles of two C=O bonds cancel the
moment of each other.
Whereas, H2O molecule has a net dipole moment (1.84 D). H2O molecule has a
bent structure because here the O—H bonds are oriented at an angle of 104.5° and
do not cancel the bond moments of each other.
22. (a) All of them are isoelectronic in nature and have 10 electrons each. 1
(b) In isoelectronic species, greater the nuclear charge, lesser will be the atomic or 1
ionic radius.
Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F– < O2- < N3-
23. i) Diamond is more compact than graphite. 1
ii) q + w is equal to ΔU, which is a state function. 1
24. a) Equilibrium will shift in the forward direction forming more ammonia. 1
b) No effect. 1
25.. The oxidation half reaction is​(s)→H
P4 ​PO −
2 ​(aq).
2
The P atom is balanced.
P4 ​PO
​(s)→4H −
2 ​(aq)
2
The oxidation number is balanced by adding 4 electrons on RHS.
P4 ​PO
​(s)→4H −
2 ​(aq)+4e−
2
The charge is balanced by adding 8 hydroxide ions on LHS.
P4
​(s)+8OH ​PO
−(aq)→4H −
2 ​(aq)
2 1
The O and H atoms are balanced.
P4 ​(g).
The reduction half reaction is​(s)→PH3
The oxidation number is balanced by adding 12 electrons on LHS.
P4 ​(g)
​(s)+12e−→PH3
The charge is balanced by adding 12 hydroxide ions on RHS.
P4 ​3(g)+12OH
​(s)+12e−→PH −

The oxidation half reaction is multiplied by 3 and the reduction half reaction is multiplied
by 2.
The half reactions are then added to obtain balanced chemical equation.
P4 ​O(l)→PH
​(s)+3OH−(aq)+3H2 ​PO
​(g)+3H
3

2 ​(aq)
2 1
OR
The balanced half reaction equations are:
Oxidation half equation: 1
12
SO2(g) + 2H2O(l) HS04– (aq) + 3H+(aq) +2e– …(i)
Reduction half equation:
MnO4–(aq) + 8H+(aq) + 5e– Mn2+(aq) + 4H2O(l) ………..(ii) 1
Multiply Eq. (i) by 3 and Eq. (ii) by 2 and add, we have,
2MnO4–(aq) + 5SO2(g) + 2H20(l) + H+(aq)  2Mn2+(aq) + 5HSO4–(aq)
26. a) i) 2 ii) 3 1
b) 1 mole of CuSO4 contains 1 mole (1 g atom) of Cu
Molar mass of CuSO4= 63.5 + 32 + 4 x 16 = 159.5 g mol-1
Thus, Cu that can be obtained from 159.5 g of CuSO4 = 63.5 g
1

OR
a) 0.375 M aqueous solution means that 1000 mL of the solution contain
sodium acetate = 0.375 mole 1

b) (i) 0.0460 (ii) 2810 1

27. i) Because of two lone pairs of electrons on O-atom, repulsion on bond pairs is 1
greater in H2O in comparison to NH3. Thus, the bond angle is less in H2O
molecules.
ii) O2 molecule contains one unpaired electron in each of one π2px and 1
π2py orbitals.
iii)P is surrounded by 5 bond pairs and no lone pairs in PCl5, whereas iodine atom 1
is surrounded by 5 bond pairs and one lone pair in IF5, so the shape of PCl5 is
trigonal bipyramidal and IF5 is square pyramidal.
iv) Boiling point generally depends upon the hydrogen bonding like in NH3 there 1
is hydrogen bonding whereas in PH3 there is no hydrogen bonding. (Any Three)
28. i) Balmer Series. 1
ii) Sodium atom has 11 electrons and its valence electron is 3s1 (as configuration is ½+½
1s2, 2s2p6, 3s1) +½+
∴The value are: n = 3, l = 0, m = 0, s = + 12 ½

29. i)Δn (g) = 2 – 1 = 1


Hence Kp = Kc × (RT)Δn = K × RT. 1
ii) Conjugate acid H3O+ and conjugate base OH- 1
iii) NaCl will precipitate out. 1
30. a) CH2Br – CH2Br + Zn → CH2 = CH2 + ZnBr2. 1
b) Cis –2–butene is polar (μ = 0.33 D) and trans –2–butene is non-polar (μ = 0). . 1
c) Benzene is highly unsaturated, yet, resonance imparts extra-stability to benzene
and it does not give additional reactions. 1
31. a) Schrodinger’s Wave Equation 1
1
b) 2

13
c) For, 3s orbital n = 3 , l =0 and 4p orbital n = 4, l =1 1+1
OR
When n = 4, the l values that can be used are 0, 1, 2, and 3.
No. of orbitals = 16

32. a) Due to hyperconjugation, alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a
π- system. 1
b) Sublimation. Because camphor can sublime whereas CaSO4 does not. 1
c) Electrophiles: The name electrophiles mean electron loving. Electrophiles are 2
electron deficient. They may be positive ions or neutral m Ex: H+, Cl+, Br+, NO2+,
R3C +, RN2+, AlCl3, BF3
Nucleophiles: The name nucleophiles means ‘nucleus loving’ and indicates that it
attacks the region of low electron density (positive centers) in a substrate
molecule. They are electron rich they may be negative ions or neutral molecules.
Ex: Cl– Br–, CN–, OH–, RCR2–, NH3, RNH2, H2O, ROH etc.
OR
i) It is because in steam distillation the sum of vapour pressure of organic
compound and steam should be equal to atmospheric pressure.
ii) No. CCl4 is a completely non-polar covalent compound whereas
AgNO3 is ionic in nature. Therefore they are not expected to react and
thus a white ppt. of silver chloride will not be formed.

33. a) It is alkaline. 1

b) 1. CH3O CH3 CH2 CH3 Its I.U.P.A.C. name is 1 -Methoxypropane. 2

2.

c) Mass of the compound = 0.3780 g


Mass of silver chloride = 0.5740 g

1
OR
a) By distillation under reduced pressure.
b) i) Homolytic fission is breaking of a bond in such a manner that each atom
takes one electron each to form free radicals.
A—B  A + B 1
ii) Organic ions which contain a negatively charged carbon atom are called 1
carbanions. e.g., CH3–is carbanion.
c) Mass of the compound = 0.468 g
Mass of barium sulphate= 0.668 g 1

14
1

1
34. a) There is a decrease in internal energy of the system if work is done by the 1
system.

b) At constant pressure, when gas is heated, heat is required for increase in the
temperature of gas and for doing mechanical work against expansion

At constant volume, heat capacity is written as CV and at constant pressure it is


2
written as CP
At constant volume qv=CVΔT which is equal to ΔU
At constant pressure qP=CPΔT which is equal to ΔH
For one mole ideal gas ΔH=ΔU+Δ(PV)
ΔH=ΔU+Δ(RT)
ΔH=ΔU+RΔT
On substituting values of ΔH,ΔUΔwe have
CPΔT=CVΔT+RΔT
CP=CV+R
1
CP−CV=R
c) As per the Gibbs Helmholtz equation:
ΔG = Δ H- TΔ S For ΔG=0 ; ΔH=TΔS or T=ΔH/ΔS
1
T = (400 KJ mol-1)/(0.2 KJ K-1 mol-1) = 2000 k
Thus, reaction will be in a state of equilibrium at 2000 K and will be spontaneous
above this temperature.
35. i) Branching of carbon atom chain decreases the boiling point of alkane. 1
ii) Step 1. Write the structure of the products side by side with their oxygen atoms
pointing towards each other.

Step 2. Remove the oxygen atoms and join the two ends by a double bond, the
structure of the alkene ‘A’ is
1+1

2
iii) The necessary conditions for a molecule to be aromatic are:
 It should have a single cyclic cloud of delocalised n-electrons above and
below the plane of the molecule.
 It should be planar. This is because complete delocalization of n-electrons is
possible only if the ring is planar to allow cyclic overlap of p-orbitals.
 It should contain Huckel number of electrons, i.e., (4n + 2) n-electrons
where n = 0, 1, 2, 3 etc.

15
A molecule which does not satisfy any one or more of the above conditions
is said to be non-aromatic.
OR
i) For preparation of alkanes containing odd number of carbon atoms, a
mixture of two alkyl halides has to be used. Since two alkyl halides can 1
react in three different ways, therefore, a mixture of three alkanes instead of
the desired alkane would be formed.
ii) The process by which carbon dioxide is removed from sodium acetate (or
any sodium salt of acid) with the help of soda lime is called 1
decarboxylation.

iii) 1

iv) P

d/BaSO4 is known as Lindlar’s catalyst. It is used in the conversion of 1


alkynes to alkenes with the help of H2.
v) Ethyne is more acidic than ethene because it has ‘sp’ hybridised ‘C’ which 1
is more electronegative.

BLUE PRINT
S.No. UNIT MCQ VSA VSA Case LA Total
1 Mark 2 Marks 3 Marks based 5 Marks
1. Some Basic Concepts of 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
Chemistry
2. Structure of Atom 2(1) 1(3) 1(4) 9
3. Classification of Elements 2(1) 2(2) 6
and Periodicity in Properties
4. Chemical Bonding and 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
Molecular Structure
5. Chemical Thermodynamics 2(1) 1(2) 1(5) 9
6. Equilibrium 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
7. Redox Reactions 2(1) 1(2) 4
8. Organic Chemistry: Some 2(1) 1(4) 1(5) 11
basic Principles and
Techniques
9. Hydrocarbons 2(1) 1(3) 1(5) 10
Total No. of questions 18(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 70

16
SET-2
SESSION ENDING EXAMINATION
SUBJECT : CHEMISTRY
CLASS : XI
M.M:70 DURATION :3 HOURS
General Instructions:
(i) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
(ii) SECTION A consists of 14 multiple choice questions and 4 Assertion and Reasoning type
questions carrying 1 mark each.
(iii) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
(iii) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
(iv) SECTION D consists of 2 case based questions carrying 4 marks each
(v) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.

SECTION A
Questions 1-14 are multiple choice questions carrying 1 mark each:
1.The empirical formula and molecular mass of a compound are CH2O and 180g
Respectively.What will be the molecular formula of the compound?
i) C9H18O9
ii) CH2O
iii) C6H12O6
iv) C2H4O2
2.Total number of orbitals associated with second shell will be
i) 2
ii) 4
iii) 3
iv) 9
3.Arrange the following in decreasing order of their boiling points:
a) n-butane b) 2-methyl butane
c) n-pentane d) 2,2-dimethylpropane
i) a>b>c>d
ii) b>c>d>a
iii) d>c>b>a
iv) c>b>d>a
4.Which of the following elements does not show disproportionation tendency?
i) Cl ii) Br
iii) F iv) I
5.The principle involved in paper chromatography is
i) Adsorption
ii) Absorption
iii) solubility
iv) volatility
6.Acidity of BF3 can be explained on the basis of which concept:
i) Arrhenius concept
ii) Bronsted and lowry concept
iii) Lewis concept
17
iv) Bronsted lowry as well as lewis concept
7.Consider the isoelectronic species,Na+ ,Mg2+ ,F- and O2-.The correct order of increasing length
of radii is
i) F-< O2- < Mg2+ <Na+
ii) Mg2+ <Na+ <F - <O2-
iii) O2- <F- <Mg2+ <Na+
iv) O2- <F- <Na+<Mg2+
8.Which of the following is not correct
i) ΔG is zero for a reversible reaction
ii) ΔG is positive for a spontaneous reaction
iii) ΔG is negative for a spontaneous reaction
iv) ΔG is positive for a non-spontaneous reaction
9.Polarity in a molecule and hence the dipole moment depends primarily on electronegativity of
the constituent atoms and shape of a molecule. Which of the following has the highest dipole
moment
i) CO2
ii) HI
iii) H2O
iv) SO2
10. Which of the following rule out the existence of definite path or trajectories of electrons
i) Pauli’s exclusion principle
ii) Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle
iii) Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity
iv) Aufbau’s principle
11. What is the mass percent of carbon in carbon dioxide?
i) 0.034%
ii) 27.27%
iii) 3.4%
iv) 28.7%
12.The correct IUPAC name of CH3(CO)CH2CH2COOH is
i) 1-hydroxypentane-1,4- dione ii) 1,4 –dioxopentanol
iii) 1-carboxybutan-3-one iv) 4-oxopentanoic acid
13. The characteristic reactions of aromatic hydrocarbons is
i) Electrophillic substitution reactions
ii) Nucleophillic addition reactions
iii) Free radical substitution reactions
iv) Rearrangement reactions
14.The oxidation number of an element in a compound is evaluated on the basis of certain rules.
Which of the following rules is not correct in this respect ?
i) The oxidation number of hydrogen is always +1
ii) The algebraic sum of all the oxidation numbers in a compound is zero.
iii) An element in the free or the uncombined state bears oxidation number zero.
iv) In all its compounds the oxidation number of fluorine is -1
Question 15-18 are Assertion(A) and Reasoning(R) questions
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

18
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) Ais true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true.
15. Assertion(A): Nitration of benzene with nitric acid requires the use of concentrated sulphuric
acid
Reason(R): The mixture of concentrated sulphuric acid and concentrated nitric acid produces the
electrophile NO2+
16.Assertion (A): A liquid crystallizes into a solid and is accompanied by decrease in entropy.
Reason (R ) :In crystals ,molecules organize in an ordered manner
17.Assertion(A) Pent-1-ene and pent-2-ene are position isomers
Reason (R): Position isomers differ in the position of functional group or a substituent.
18.Assertion (A): Though the central atom of both NH3 and H2O molecules are sp3 hybridized yet
H-N-H bond angle is smaller than that of H-O-H.
Reason(R) : Nitrogen atom has one lone pair while Oxygen atom has 2 lone pairs.

SECTION B
19. Chlorine is prepared in the laboratory by treating manganese dioxide (MnO2) with aqueous
hydrochloric acid according to the reaction
4 HCl (aq) + MnO2(s) → 2H2O (l) + MnCl2(aq) + Cl2 (g)
How many grams of HCl react with 5.0 g of manganese dioxide
20. Calculate (a) wavenumber and (b) frequency of yellow radiation having wavelength 5800 Å

OR
Calculate the mass of a photon with wavelength 3.6 Å.
21. Predict in which of the following, entropy increases/decreases :
(i) A liquid crystallizes into a solid.
(ii) Temperature of a crystalline solid is raised from 0 K to 115 K
22. Justify that the reaction:
2Cu2O(s) + Cu2S(s) → 6Cu(s) + SO2(g)
is a redox reaction. Identify the species oxidised /reduced, which acts as an oxidant and which
acts as a reductant.

OR
Balance the following redox reaction by half reaction method
Cr2O7 2– + SO2 (g) → Cr3+ (aq) + SO4 2– (aq) (in acidic solution)
23. Consider the following species :
N3–, O2– F– , Na+ , Mg2+ and Al3+
(a) What is common in them?
(b) Arrange them in the order of increasing ionic radii.
24. The concentration of hydrogen ion in a sample of soft drink is 3.8 × 10–3 M. what is its pH ?
25. a) Write the Lewis dot structure of CO molecule
b) Which hybrid orbitals are used by carbon atoms in the following molecules ?
i) CH3–CH=CH2
ii) CH3COOH

19
SECTION C
26. On complete combustion, 0.246 g of an organic compound gave 0.198g of carbon dioxide and
0.1014g of water. Determine the percentage composition of carbon and hydrogen in the
compound.
OR
In Carius method of estimation of halogen, 0.15 g of an organic compound gave 0.12 g of AgBr.
Find out the percentage of bromine in the compound
27. Compare the relative stability of the following species and indicate their magnetic properties
on the basis of molecular orbital theory
O2 ,O2 + ,O2- ,O2 2-
28.Explain:
a)Electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is less than chlorine.
b ) Ionization enthalpy of nitrogen is greater than oxygen.
c) A cation is smaller than its parent atom.
29. Addition of HBr to propene yields 2-bromopropane, while in the presence of benzoyl
peroxide, the same reaction yields 1-bromopropane. Explain and give mechanism.
OR
Complete the following reactions:

a)

b)
c) CH3 –CH=CH2 +HBr 

30 . 50.0 kg of N2 (g) and 10.0 kg of H2 (g) are mixed to produce NH3 (g) as
N2(g) + 3 H2(g) -- 2NH3( g)
Calculate the amount of NH3 (g) formed. Identify the limiting reagent in the production of NH3
in this situation.

SECTION D
31. Aromatic hydrocarbons are non- polar molecules and are usually colourless liquids or solids
with a characteristic aroma. You are also familiar with naphthalene balls which are used in toilets
and for preservation of clothes because of unique smell of the compound and the moth repellent
property. Aromatic hydrocarbons are immiscible with water but are readily miscible with organic
solvents. They burn with sooty flame. Arenes are characterised by electrophilic substitution
reactions. However, under special conditions they can also undergo addition and oxidation
reactions. The common electrophilic substitution reactions of arenes are nitration, halogenation,
sulphonation, Friedel Craft’s alkylation and acylation.
Answer the following questions on the basis of above passage:
a) What is Huckel’s rule of Aromaticity ?
b) What is an electrophile ?
c) Complete the following electrophillic substitution reactions :

20
(i)

(ii)
OR
Write the mechanism of nitration of benzene.
32. According to Arrhenius theory, acids are substances that dissociates in water to give hydrogen
ions H+ (aq) and bases are substances that produce hydroxyl ions OH – (aq). According to
Brönsted-Lowry theory, acid is a substance that is capable of donating a hydrogen ion H+ and
bases are substances capable of accepting a hydrogen ion, H+. In short, acids are proton donors
and bases are proton acceptors. G.N. Lewis in 1923 defined an acid as a species which accepts
electron pair and base which donates an electron pair. As far as bases are concerned, there is not
much difference between Brönsted-Lowry and Lewis concepts, as the base provides a lone pair in
both the cases. However, in Lewis concept many acids do not have proton.
Answer the following questions on the basis of above passage:
a) What will be the conjugate bases for the following Brönsted acids:
HF, H2SO4
b) Classify the following species into Lewis acids and Lewis bases
H+, NH3
c) Consider the species: H2O, HCO3 – , HSO4 – and NH3
They can act both as Brönsted acids and bases. For each case give the corresponding
conjugate acid and base.

SECTION E
33. (i) Write the electronic configuration of the following ion: Na+
(ii) What is the atomic number of element whose outermost electrons are represented by 3s1
(iii) Which atom is indicated by the configuration [Ne] 3s2 3p3
(iv) What is the lowest value of n that allows g orbitals to exist?
(v) An electron is in one of the 3d orbitals. Give the possible values of n and l for this electron.
OR
(i) Calculate energy of one mole of photons of radiation whose frequency is 5 ×1014 Hz.
(ii) The threshold frequency ν0 for a metal is 7.0 ×1014 s–1. Calculate the kinetic energy of an
electron emitted when radiation of frequency ν =1.0 ×1015 s–1 hits the metal
34.i) What is Hess’s law?
ii) The combustion of one mole of benzene takes place at 298 K and 1 atm. After combustion,
CO2(g) and H2O (1) are produced and 3267.0 kJ of heat is liberated. Calculate the standard
enthalpy of formation, Δ H 0 of benzene. Standard enthalpies of formation of CO2(g) and
H2O(l) are –393.5 kJ mol–1 and – 285.83 kJ mol–1 respectively.
35. i) Draw the cis and trans structures of hex-2-ene.
ii) What are the necessary conditions for any system to be aromatic.
iii) How would you convert Ethyne into benzene?
iv)Write short note on ozonolysis.
v) Illustrate with example : Friedel craft alkylation.

OR

21
i) Propanal and pentan-3-one are the ozonolysis products of an alkene. What is the
structural formula of the alkene?
ii) What effect does branching of an alkane chain has on its boiling point?
iii) Illustrate with example Wurtz Reaction
iv) Draw chain isomers of C5H12.
v) Write IUPAC name of following compound:

MARKING SCHEME
SECTION A
1. iii 7. ii 13. i
2. ii 8. ii 14. i
3. iv 9. iii 15. A
4. iii 10. ii 16. A
5. i 11. ii 17. A
6. iii 12. iv 18. A
SECTION B
19. Molar mass of MnO2 =55+32=87 g
Acc .to stoichiometry
g MnO2 reacts with ----4 x 36.5 g of HCl (1)
Hence g will react with ---146 x 5/87
=8.3 g HCl (1)
20. Calculation of wavenumber
λ= Å =5800 X 10-10 m
waveno. = /λ
= / x -10 (1)
=1.724 m-1
Frequency = c/λ
=3 x -8 /5800 x -10 (1)
= 5.1 x -2 HZ

OR

λ= h/mv (1/2 )
m=h/λv
=6.6 x -34 /3.6 x -10 x x 108 (1)
=6.135 x -29 kg (1/2 )
21. (i ) decreases
( ii) increases

22
22.
In the above equation oxidation number of copper is decreased so it is reduced
and hence is oxidant
(1)
Oxidation number of sulphur is increased from -2 to +4 so it is oxidized and hence
is reductant. (1)
OR
Equation is
Cr2O7 2‒ + SO2 (g) → Cr3+ (aq) + SO4 2‒
For correct balancing give 2 marks.
23. (a ) Isoelectronic species (1 )

b) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F- < O2- < N3- (1 )

24. (2)

.a) (1 )
b) (i) CH3‒CH=CH2
C1 ‒sp2
C2-sp2
C3 ‒sp3 (1/2)
ii) CH3COOH
C1 ‒sp
C2 ‒sp (1/2)
SECTION C

26. (1.5)

(1.5)
OR

23
(3)
27. For writing correct electronic configuration of all species (1)
For determining bond order and arranging in correct order of stability (1)
For writing correct magnetic property of all species (1)
Bond order of O2 =2
O2+ =2.5
O2- =1.5
O2 2- =1
Magnetic character of O2 ,O2+and O2- =paramagnetic
Magnetic character of O22- =diamagnetic
.a) Electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is less than chlorine due to its small size and
inter electronic repulsion for the incoming electron from the electrons already
present in the shell. (1)
b)Nitrogen has stable half filled electronic configuration therefore its ionization
enthalpy becomes greater than that of oxygen.
(1 )
c) In case of a cation the effective nuclear charge increases due to loss of electron so
the size decreases.
(1)
.Addition of HBr to propene follows markonikoff’s rule and according to
electrophillic addition mechanism we get 2-bromopropane.
But in the presence of benzoyl peroxide it follows free radical addition mechanism
and so gives 1-bromopropane.

24
OR

a)

25
b)

c) CH3 ‒CH=CH +HBr (1+1+1)


30.

26
(3 )
SECTION D
.a) Huckel’s rule :For a compound to be aromatic it should have
( n+ )π electrons.Here n can be any positive integer (0,1,2,3 etc) (1)
b) An electrophile is an electron deficient specie.It can be either neutral or positively
charged.eg NO2+. (1)

c) ii) (1+1)
OR
for writing correct mechanism (2 )
.a) F- ,HSO4- (1/2 +1/2 )
b) H+ =Lewis acid
NH3 =Lewis base (1/2+ ½)

27
c) H2O OH- (Conjugate base ) ,H3O+ (conjugate acid)
HCO3- CO3 2- (Conjugate base ) ,H2CO3 (conjugate acid)
HSO4- SO4 2- (conjugate base) ,H2SO4 (conjugate acid)
NH3 NH2- (conjugate base ) ,NH4+ (conjugate acid ) (2)

SECTION E
.(i) Na+ = s2 s2 p6 (1)
(ii) Sodium (1)
(iii) phosphorus (1)
(iv) n= (1)
(v) n= ,l= (1)
OR

(i)

(ii) (2+3)
.(i) Hess’s law

(1)
ii) For correct solution (4)
.(i) For correct structure (1)
28
ii) The compound should be cyclic and planar
there should be complete delocalization of pie electrons
it should satisfy huckel’s rule of aromaticity. (1)
iii) for correct reaction (1)
iv) for correct answer (1)

v) (1)
OR
i) For correct structure (1)
ii) Boiling point depends upon surface area.With branching surface area decreases
and so the boiling point decreases. (1)

iii) (1)
iv) For correct structures (1)
v) oct-1,3,5,7- tetraene. (1)

BLUE PRINT

CHAPTER MCQ A/R VSA SA Case LA Weightage


(1) (1) (2) (3) Study(4) (5)
Some basic concepts of 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
chemistry
Structure of atom 2(1) 1(2) 1(5) 9
Classification of elements and 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6
periodicity in properties
Chemical bonding and molecular 1(1) 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
structure
Thermodynamics 1(1) 1(1) 1(2) 1(5) 9

29
Equilibrium 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) 7
Redox reactions 2(1) 1(2) 4
Organic chemistry-some basic 2(1) 1(1) 1(3) 1(5) 11
principles and techniques
Hydrocarbons 2(1) 1(1) 1(3) 1(4) 10
TOTAL 14(1) 4(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 35(70)

30
SET-3
SESSION ENDING EXAMINATION

SUBJECT : CHEMISTRY
CLASS : XI
M.M:70 DURATION :3 HOURS

General Instructions:

(i) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.

(ii) SECTION A consists of 14 multiple choice questions and 4 Assertion and Reasoning type
questions carrying 1 mark each.

(iii) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.

(iii) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.

(iv) SECTION D consists of 2 case based questions carrying 4 marks each

(v) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer.
Each question

carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section

1) What is the mass ppercent of carbon in CO2

(a) 0.034% (b) 27.27% (c) . % (d) . %

2) The spectral line in hydrogen spectrum obtained when the electron jumps from
n= to

n= energy level belongs to

(a) Lyman series (b) balmer series (c) Paschen (c) Pfund series

3) The size of isoelectronic series F-, Ne, Na+ is affected by

(a) nuclear change

(b) valence principal quantum number (n)

(c) electron-electron interaction in the outer orbital

(d) none of the factors because their size is same

31
4) The structure of IF7 is

(a) pentagonal bipyramidal (b) square pyramidal

(c) Trigonal bipyramidal (d) octahedral

5) Third law of thermodynamics provide a method to evaluate which property?

(a) absolute energy (b) absolute enthalpy

(c) absolute entropy (d) absolute free energy

6) The pH of a 10-10 M NaOH solution is nearest to

(a) 10 (b) 7 (c) 4 (d) -10

7) The oxidation no of Cr in K2Cr2O7 is

(a) -6 (b) +6 (c) +2 (d) -2

8) The displacement of electron in a multiple bond in presence of attacking reagent


is called;

(a) inductive effect (b) electromeric effect

(c) Resonance (d) hyperconjugation

9) The percentage of s- character of the hybrid orbitals in ethane, ethene and ethyne
are

respectively

(a) 25,33,50 (b) 50,75,100

(c) 25,50,75 (d) 10,20,40

10) Which of the following compounds will exhibit cis-trans isomerism

(a) butanol (b) 2-butyne (c) 2-butanol (d) 2-butene

11) Benzene reacts with CH3Cl in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 to form

(a) chlorobenzene (b) benzyl chloride (c) xylene (d) toluene

12) Consider the following reactions

Zn + Cu2+ ---> Zn2++ Cu

With reference to the above which one of the following Is the correct statement-

(a) Zn is reduced to Zn2+ ions


32
(b) Zn is oxidized to Zn2+ ions

(c) Zn2+ ions are oxidized to Zn

(d) Cu2+ ions are oxidized to Cu

13) Formation of CO and CO2 illustrates the law of:

(a) law of conservation of mass

(b) law of reciprocal proportion

(c) law of constant proportion

(d) law of multiple proportion

14) The atomic orbital is-

(a) The circular path of electron

(b) Elliptical shaped orbit

(c) Three dimensional field around nucleus

(d) The region in which there is maximum probability of finding an electron

A ssertio n an d Reaso n s

Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R

a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

c. A is true but R is false.

d. A is false but R is true

15) Assertion: Some salts are sparingly soluble in water at room temperature.

Reason: The entropy increases on dissolving the salts

16) Assertion: BF3 molecule has zero dipole moment

Reason: F is electronegative and B-F bonds are polar in nature

17) Assertion: B.P of alkanes increases with increase in molecular mass.

Reason: vander Waal’s forces increase with increase in molecular mass.

33
18) Assertion: There are different spatial arrangement of atoms of alkanes in space
which

changes into one another

Reason: It is due to free rotation about c-c single bond

SECTION-B

This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The
following questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19) What will be the mass of one atom of C-12 in grams.

20) Chlorophyll present in green leaves of plants absorbs light at 4.620 x 1014 Hz.
Calculate the wavelength of radiation in nanometer. Which part of the
electromagnetic spectrum does it belong to.

OR

Calculate (a) wve number and (b) frequency of yellow radiation having
wavelength 5800 A0.

21) What do you understand by isoelectronic species? Name the species that will be

isoelectronic with each of the following atoms or ions.

(i) F- (ii) Ar (iii) Mg2+ (iv) Na+

OR

Which of the following species will have the largest and the smallest size?

Explain Mg, Mg2+ , Al, Al3+

22) Which one of NH3 and NF3 has higher dipole moment and why?

23) Predict the change in internal energy for an isolated System at constant volume.

24) Write the conjugate acids for the following bronsted bases:

NH2- , NH3 , HCOO-, OH-

25) Calculate the oxidation no of Sulphur, chromium, nitrogen and Phosphorous in

H2SO5 , Cr2O72- , NO3- and NaH2PO4

34
SECTION-C

This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in one question. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26) A compound contains 92.4% carbon and 7.6% hydrogen.

The molecular mass of an organic compound is 78.

Determine its molecular formula.

27) How would you explain the fact that first conization enthalpy of sodium is lower
than

Mg but its second ionization enthalpy is higher than that of Mg?

28) Explain why Pcl5 is trigonal bipyramidal whereas IF5 is square pyramidal?

29) Write the state of hybridization of carbon in the following compounds and shapes
of

each of the molecules.

(a) H2C=O (b) CH3F (c) HC≡N

30) Write IUPAC names of the products obtained by Addition reaction of HBr to hex-1
-ene

(i) in absence of peroxide

(ii) in presence of peroxide

OR

How will you convert benzene into

(i) P- nitrobromobenzene

(ii) P- nitrotoluene

(iii) acetophenone

Case stu d y b ased q u estio n s (4 m arks)

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal
choice and carries 4 (1+1+1+1) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer

35
the questions.

31) Benzene and other aromatic hydrocarbons, though contains π-bonds, yet they
behave as saturated hydrocarbons. They are stable because of delocalisation of
π-cloud. These undergo electrophilic substitution reaction as:

C6H5—H + YZ C6H5Y + HZ

The reactivity of aromatic hydrocarbons towards electrophile substitution


depends upon the electron density in the benzene ring.

A n sw er th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s

(1) Which of the following is not compatible with arenes?

(a) Greater stability

(b) Delocalisation of π-electrons

(c) Electrophilic addition

(d) Resonance

(2) In the reaction of C6H5Y, the major product is m-isomer.

The group Y may be

(a) -COOH (b) -Cl (c) -OH (d) -NH2

(3) The electrophile in sulphonation of benzene is

(a) SO3- (b)HSO4- (c) SO3 (d) H3SO4+

(4) Which reagent cannot be used in Friedel Craft alkylation of benzene?

(a) FeCl3 (b) SnCl4 (c) AlCl3 (d) LiAlH4

OR

(5) Nitration of benzene undergoes in the presence of

(a) HCl (b) H2SO4 (c) NO2+ (d) HONO

32) Equilibrium constant, Kc is independent of initial concentrations. But if a system at


equilibrium is subjected to a change in the concentration of one or more of the
reacting substances, then the system is no longer at equilibrium; and net reaction
takes place in some direction until the system returns to equilibrium once again.
Similarly, a change in temperature or pressure of the system may also alter the
equilibrium. In order to decide what course the reaction adopts and make a
36
qualitative prediction about the effect of a change in conditions on equilibrium we
use Le Chatelier’s principle. It states that a change in any of the factors that
determine the equilibrium conditions of a system will cause the system to change
in such a manner so as to reduce or to counteract the effect of the change. This is
applicable to all physical and chemical equilibria.

(1) Can a catalyst change the position of equilibrium?

(2) What is the effect of reducing the volume in the system?

C(s) + O2(g)↔ CO(g)

(3) On what factors does the value of the equilibrium constant of a reaction
depend?

(4) The equilibrium constant of a reaction increases with size in temperature. Is


the reaction exothermic or endothermic?

OR

(5) Does the addition of inert gas not change the equilibrium?

Sectio n -C

The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions
have an internal choice

(1) (I) An electron is in one of the d orbitals. Give the possible values of n,l and m for
this electron

(II) Using s, p, d, f notations, describe the orbital with

the following quantum numbers.

(a) n= , l= (b) n= , l=

(c) n= ,n= (d) n= , l=

(III) How many electrons in an atom may have the

following quantum numbers?

n= , l=

OR

(I) State Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. Write its


37
mathematical expression.

(II) Draw the boundary surface diagram of dx2-y2, dz2 orbital

(III) How many sub-shells are associated with n= ? How many electrons will be
present in the sub-shell having

m=-1/2, n=

(2) (a) What are extensive properties? Give two examples.

(b) For a reaction at K A+B  C

∆H= kJmol- and ∆S= . kJmol-

At what temperature will the reaction become

spontaneous, considering ∆H and ∆S to be constant

over the temperature range.

OR

(a) Define entropy. Predict if entropy increases/decreases

when H2 H(g)

(b) State second law of thermodynamics.

(c) The equilibrium constant for a reaction is 10. What will

be the value of ∆G◦?

R= . JK-1 mol-1, T= 300 K, log 10=1

(3) (a) Classify the following molecules/ions as nucleophile or

Electrophile.

BF3 , NO2+, HS- , (CH3)3N:

(b) In carius method of estimation of halogen 0.15 g of an

organic compound gave 0.12 g of AgBr. Find out the

percentage of bromine in compound

(c) Which of the following carbocation is mere stable and

Why?

38
(CH3)C3+, (CH3)2C+H, CH3C+H2

MA RKING SCHEME

Q.No. ANSWER MARKS

1. (b) 27.27% 1

2. (b)Balmer series 1

3. (a) nuclear charge 1

4. (a) pentagonal bipyramidal 1

5. (c) absolute entropy 1

7. (b) +6 1

8. (b) electromeric effect 1

9. (a) 25, 33, 50 1

10. (d) 2-butene 1

11. (d) toluene 1

12. (b)Zn is oxidized to Zn2+ 1

13. (d)law of multiple proportion 1

14. (d) the region in which there is maximum probability of 1

15. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are the true but reason (R) is not correct
explanation of assertion
1

16. (b) both assertion and reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation of assertion 1
17. (a) assertion and reason both correct , reason is correct 1
18. (a) assertion and reason both coreect, reason is correct Explation of assertion 1
19. Mass of 1 mole of carbon-2 = g 2
1 mole contains . × 23 atoms.
Thus, mass of . × 23 atoms= g
Mass of 1 atom of carbon = / . × 23 g= . × − g

39
20. λ =c/v
. x 8 / . x 14 = . x -6 m= 649.4 nm
It belongs to visible light 1+1

OR
Λ= 0 = x -10 m
v-= /λ = / x -10 = . x 6 m-1
Frequency, v=c/λ= x 8 / x -10 = . x s
14 -1 1+1
21. species with same no. of electrons are called isoelectronic species
1+1
Ne, Cl-1, Ne, Ne (or any other species)
OR
Species with larger positive nuclear charge will have smaller radius. Hence Mg
will be largest, Al3+ will be smallest. 1+1
22. F is more electronegative than H and N-F bond is more polar than N-H Bond,
Hence, NF3 has more dipole moment.
1½+½
23. For an isolated system, no transfer of energy as heat.q= . For closed system. No
transfer of energy as work. Hence, w= 2
∆U = q+w = 0+0 = 0
24. NH3, NH4+, HCOOH, H2O ½+½+½+½
25. +6, +6, +5, +5 ½+½+½+½
26. No. of moles of carbon= 92.4/12=7.7
No. of moles of hydrogen= 7.6/1=7.6 1+1+1
Simplest ratio, for C= . / . =
For H= . / . =
Empirical formula= CH
Molecular formula=C6H6
27. By losing one valence electron , sodium attains stable configuration. Therefore,
1st I.E. of Na is less than Mg.To remove an electron from noble gas configuration,
high energy is required.Therefore 2nd ionization enthalpy is higher than Mg
3
28. Presence of lone pair of electrons on iodine, which is oriented so as to minimise
repulsion While in PCl5 has no non bonding pair.
3
29. SP2, SP3, SP 1+1+1
30. 2-Bromohexane, -Bromohexane 1½5+1½
40
OR
i. 1+1+1

ii.

iii.

1+1+1+1
31. i) electrophilic addition 1
ii) (a) -COOH 1
iii) SO3 1
iv) LiAlH4 1
OR
iv) H2SO4
32. i) catalyst does not change the position of equilibrium
1+1+1+1
ii) equilibrium will shift to backward direction
iii)Temperature
iv)endothermic
OR
No change
33. i) n= , l= , m=-2,-1,0, +1, +2 2+2+1
ii) a) s, (b) p, (c) d, (d) f

41
iii) 2 electrons
OR
i) principle + expression 2+2+½+½
ii) diagram
iii) 4 subshells, 16 electrons
34. a) properties which depend on size of matter. Eg. Mass, volume, enthalpy
1+1
b) ∆g=
∆G=∆H-T∆S =0
T = ∆H/∆S =400/2 = K
Temp. should be greater than K 1+1+1
OR
(a) entropy is measure of randomness.
Entropy increases 1+1
(b)statement 1
(c) ∆G0 = - . RTlogKc 2
= -2.303 x 8.31 x 300 x log
=- . J/mol
35. (a) Nucleophile ‒ HS-, (CH3)3N: 2
Electrophile - BF3, NO2
(b) Molar mass of AgBr = g 2
188 g AgBr contains 80 g bromine
0.12 g AgBr contains 80 x 0.12/188 g bromine
Percentage of bromine = x . x / x . = 34.04%
(c) (CH3)3C+is atertiary carbocation.It is most stable carbocation due to electron
releasing effect of three methyl groups.
1

BLUE PRINT
CHAPTER MCQ A/R VSA SA Case LA Weightage
Study
(1) (1) (2) (3) (5)
(4)

Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7


Structure Of Atom 2(1) 1(2) 1(5) 9

42
Classification Of Elements And 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6
Periodicity In Properties
Chemical Bonding And Molecular 1(1) 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
Structure
Thermodynamics 1(1) 1(1) 1(2) 1(5) 9
Equilibrium 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) 7
Redox Reactions 2(1) 1(2) 4
Organic Chemistry-Some Basic 2(1) 1(1) 1(3) 1(5) 11
Principles And Techniques
Hydrocarbons 2(1) 1(1) 1(3) 1(4) 10

TOTAL 14(1) 4(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 35(70)

43
SET-4
SESSION ENDING EXAMINATION
CLASS-XI
SUB: CHEMISTRY

MM:70 Time: 3 hours


General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
1.What is the mass percent of carbon in carbon dioxide?
(a) 0.034% (b) 27.27% (c) 3.4% (d) 28.7%
2.The electrons occupying the same orbital are distinguished by
(a) Azimuthal quantum number (b)Principal quantum number
(c) Spin quantum number (d) Magnetic quantum number
3.The three dimensional space where probability of finding the electrons is zero is called
(a) Orbit (b) Orbital (c) Octate (d) Nodes
4.The correct order of radii is
(a) N< Be< B (b) F–<O2–<N3-
(c) N< Li<K (d) Fe3+<Fe< Fe2+
5.Collective name given to the elements with outer shell configuration ns2np6 is
(a) Chalcogens (b) Alkaline earths metals
(c) Transition metals (d) Nobel gases
6. For a reversible reaction, if the concentration of the reactants are doubled, then the
equilibrium constant will
(a) Also be doubled (b) Be halved
(c) Become one fourth (d) Remain the same.
7.Which of the following is not a Lewis acid
(a) BF3 (b) FeCl3 (c) H2O (d) PF5
8.The oxidation number of Mn is maximum in
(a)MnO2
(b)K2MnO4
(c)Mn3O4
(d) KMnO4.
9. The correct statement regarding electrophile is
(a) Electrophile is a negatively charge species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of
electrons from a nucleophile

44
(b) Electrophile is a negatively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons
from another electrophile
(c) Electrophiles are generally neutral species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons
from a nucleophile
(d) Electrophile can be either neutral or positively charged species and can form a bond by accepting
a pair of electrons from a nucleophile
10.The displacement of electrons in a multiple bond in the presence of attacking reagent is called
(a) Inductive effect (b) Electromeric effect
(c) Resonance (d) Hyper conjugation
11. The most suitable method of separation of 1:1 mixture of ortho and para-nitrophenols is
(a) sublimation (b) chromatography
(c) crystallisation (d) steam distillation
12. cis-2-butene and trans 2-butene are
(a) conformational isomers (b) structural isomers
(c) configurational isomers (d) optical isomers
13. The order of reactivity of alkenes
(CH3)2C=CH2, CH3CH=CH2, CH2=CH2
I II III
(a) I >II >III (b) I > III > II (c) III > II > I (d) II >I > III
14.The order of screening effect of electrons of s, p, d and f orbitals of a given shell of an atom on its
outer shell electrons is
(a) s>p>d>f (b) f > d > p > s
(c) p < d < s > f (d) f > p > s > d
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
(a) If both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not the true explanation of the
assertion.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
Assertion: In Lyman series of H-spectra, the maximum wavelength of lines is 121.56nm.
Reason: Wavelength is maximum when the transition is from the very next level.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
(a) If both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not the true explanation of the assertion.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
Assertion: According to Thomson model of atom, mass of the atom is concentrated in the centre of
the atom.
Reason: According the Thomson model, positive charge is concentrated in the centre of the atom.
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
(a) If both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not the true explanation of the assertion.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
Assertion: The first ionization enthalpy of aluminium is lower than that of magnesium.
Reason: Ionic radius of aluminium is smaller than that of magnesium.

45
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
(a) If both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not the true explanation of the assertion.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
Assertion: Boiling point of alkanes increases with increase in molecular weight.
Reason: van der Waal’s forces increase with increase in molecular weight.

SECTION B
19 (i) State the law of constant composition
(ii) Define molality.
OR
Determine the empirical & Molecular formulae for a compound with the following
elemental composition:40.00% C, 6.66% H, 53.34% O. (Given molecular mass = 180)
20 (i) State the Modern periodic law.
(ii)In how many groups and periods the elements in Modern periodic table are classified?
21 (i) What are the types of H-bonding?
(ii) Which force is most stronger between Hydrogen bond and vander Waal force of
attraction?
OR
(i) Which one of the following has the highest bond order?
N2, N2+ or N2-.
(ii) Why is BF3 non – polar?
22 Find the de Broglie wavelength for an electron moving at the speed of 2.19×106 ms−1
(Given: Mass of an electron = 9.1×10-31 kg & h = 6.6 x 10 -34 Js)
23 (i) Give reasons: A real crystal has more entropy than an ideal crystal.
(ii) What is the relationship between qp and qv?
24 (i) How many σ and π bonds are present in CH2=C=CHCH3 molecule?
(ii) Derive the structure of pent-4-en-2-ol
25 (i) Benzene is highly unsaturated, yet it does not give usual addition reactions readily. Why?
(ii) How will you detect the presence of unsaturation in an organic compound?

SECTION C
26 (i) State two postulates of Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom.
(ii) Write a drawback of Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom.
OR
(i) Calculate wave number of yellow radiations having wavelength of 5800 A0 .
(ii) What are the values of n and l for 4f orbital
27 (i) 0.15g of an organic compound gave 0.12g of AgBr by Carius method. Find the
percentage of bromine in the compound.
(ii) Arrange the following in increasing order of-I effect. -NO2, -COOH, -F, -CN, – I.
OR
(i) What do you understand by Homolytic fission?
(ii) What are carbanions? Give an example.
28 (i) Which gas is liberated in Kjeldhal’s method?
(ii) What are electrophiles and nucleophiles? Explain with example.
46
29 Calculate the enthalpy of formation of ethane from the following data:
H2 + ½ O2 -> H2O ΔH0 = -286 kJ ……(1)
C(graphite) + O2 - CO2 Δ H0 = -393.5 kJ ...….(2)
C2H6 + 7/2 O2 - 2CO2 + 3H2O Δ H0 = -1560 kJ ……(3)
30(i) Define disproportionation reaction. Give example.
(ii) In the reaction given below, identify the species undergoing oxidation and reduction:
H2S (g) +Cl2 (g) → 2HCl (g) + S (s)

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and carries 4
(1+1+1+1) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31. The identity of a substance is defined not only by the types of atoms or ions it contains, but by
the quantity of each type of atom or ion. The experimental approach required the introduction of a
new unit for amount of substances, the mole, which remains indispensable in modern chemical
science. The mole is an amount unit similar to familiar units like pair, dozen, gross, etc. It provides a
specific measure of the number of atoms or molecules in a bulk sample of matter. A mole is defined
as the amount of substance containing the same number of discrete entities (atoms, molecules, ions,
etc.) as the number of atoms in a sample of pure 12C weighing exactly 12g. One Latin connotation
for the word “mole” is “large mass” or “bulk,” which is consistent with its use as the name for this
unit. The mole provides a link between an easily measured macroscopic property, bulk mass, and an
extremely important fundamental property, number of atoms, molecules and so forth. The number
of entities composing a mole has been experimentally determined to be 6.02214179 × 1023.

(i) How many moles of magnesium phosphate, Mg3(PO)4 will contain 0.25 mole of oxygen
atoms?
(a) 1.25 x 10 -2
(b) 2.5 x 10-2
(c) 0.02
(d) 3.125 x10-2

(ii)What is the mass of one molecule of yellow phosphorus? (At. mass of phosphorus =30)
(a)1.993 x 10-22 mg
(b)1.993 x 10-19 mg
(c) 4.983 x 10-20 mg
(d) 4.983 x 10-23 mg

(iii) The number of moles of oxygen in 1L of air containing 21% oxygen by volume, in
standard conditions is
(a) 0.186 mol
(b) 0.21 mol
(c) 2.10 mol
(d) 0.0093 mol

(iv)The number of moles present in 6 gm of carbon is:


(a) 2
47
(b) 0.5
(c) 5
(d) 1
OR

The mass of an atom of carbon is ————–.


(a) 1g
(b) 1.99 x 10 -23 g
(c) 1/12 g
(d) 1.99 x 1023 g

32. A system in thermodynamics refers to that part of universe in which observations are made
and remaining universe constitutes the surroundings. The surroundings include everything other
than the system. System and the surroundings together constitute the universe. The universe = The
system + The surroundings However, the entire universe other than the system is not affected by
the changes taking place in the system. Therefore, for all practical purposes, the surroundings are
that portion of the remaining universe which can interact with the system. Usually, the region of
space in the neighbourhood of the system constitutes its surroundings. The wall that separates the
system from the surroundings is called boundary.
(i) State the I law of thermodynamics.
(ii) Write the mathematical statement of first law of thermodynamics.
(iii) From thermodynamic point of view, to which system the animals and plants belong?
(iv) Predict the internal energy change for an isolated system?
OR
In a process 701 J of heat is absorbed by a system and 394 J work is done by the system. What is
the change in internal energy for the process?

SECTION E
33. (i) What are the necessary conditions for any system to be aromatic?
(ii) What is decarboxylation? Give an example.
OR
(a) How will you convert the following compounds into benzene?
(i) Ethyne (ii) Ethene (iii) Hexane.
(b)Why does benzene undergo electrophilic substitution reactions easily and nucleophilic
substitutions with difficulty?
34. What is Kc for the following reaction in state of equilibrium?

(ii) Define common ion effect.


OR
(i) Define Le Chatelier’s principle.
(ii) Following reactions occur in a Blast furnace.
Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) ———–> 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g)
use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict the direction of reaction when equilibrium mixture is
disturbed by
(a) adding Fe2O3 (b) removing CO2.

48
(c) removing CO.
35. (i) Distinguish between a sigma bond and a pi bond.
(ii) Use molecular orbital theory to explain why the Be2 molecule does not exist.
(iii) Predict the shapes of the following molecules using VSEPR theory?
(a) BeCl2 (b) SiCl4
OR
(i) What do you understand by bond pairs and lone pairs of electrons? Illustrate by giving one
example of each type.
(ii) Which out of NH3 and NF3 has higher dipole moment and why?
(iii) How do you express the bond strength in terms of bond order?

MARKING SCHEME
SECTION A
Q.N VALUE POINTS MARK
O S
1 b 1
2 c 1
3 d 1
4 b 1
5 d 1
6 d 1
7 c 1
8 d 1
9 d 1
10 b 1
11 d 1
12 c 1
13 a 1
14 a 1
15 a 1
16 b 1
17 b 1
18 a 1
SECTION B
19 Statement of law of constant composition, Definition of molality 1+1
OR

Empirical formula = C1H2O1; Empirical formula mass = 12 + 2 x 1 +16 = ½


30u
Given relative molecular mass = 180

49
n=180/30 = 6 1/2
The molecular formula (C1H2O1) x 6 = C6H12O6

20 (i) The physical and chemical properties of the elements are the periodic 1
function of their atomic numbers.
(ii) In 18 groups and 7 periods. 1
21 (i) Inter-molecular H-bonding 1
(ii) Hydrogen-bonding.
OR 1
(i) N2 has the highest bond order 1
(ii) Because BF3 has symmetrical shape, the net dipole moment is zero and
thus it is non – polar. 1
22 2

23 (i) An ideal crystal has a perfect order of its constituent particles while a real 1
crystal has less order because of some defects. Therefore, a real crystal has 1
more entropy than an ideal crystal.
(ii)qp = qv + Δng RT, where Δn = np– nr (gaseous).
24 (i) 9 sigma 2 pi 1
(ii) CH2=CHCH2CH(OH)CH3 1
25 (i)Benzene is highly unsaturated, yet, resonance imparts extra-stability to 1
benzene and it does not give additional reactions.

(ii)Either by Baeyer’s reagent or by Br2 in CCl4. The colour is discharged.


1
SECTION C
26 (i)Two postulates of Bohr’s model of atom 2 +1
(ii)Any one drawback of Bohr’s model of atom
OR
(i) Wave number is reciprocal of wavelength. Therefore, v= 1/ λ = 1/ 5800 x 2
10-10 = 1.72 x 106 m-1
(ii) n = 4 and l = 3 1
27 (i) Mass of AgBr formed = 0.12g
188 g of AgBr contains bromine = 80g.

Therefore, 0.12g of AgBr will contain bromine


= 80×0.12188 = 0.051 g 2
Percentage of bromine = 0.0510.15 × 100 = 34%
(ii) -I < -F < -COOH < -CN < -NO2.
OR 1
(i) Homolytic fission is breaking of a bond in such a manner that each atom
takes one electron each to form free radicals.
1
A——-B ———-> A + B
(ii) Organic ions which contain a negatively charged carbon atom are called
1+1
-
carbanions. e.g., CH3 is carbanion.
28 (i) NH3 1
(ii) correct definition with example 1+ 1
29 Required equation, 2C + 3H2  C 2H6 Δ H0=?
Multiply eqn. (1) by 3 and eqn. (2) by 2, reverse eqn. (3) and add.
50
3H2 + 2C + 3 ½O2  2 CO2 + 3 H2O Δ H = -1645 kJ ……(4)
Reverse eqn. (3) and add eqn.(4)
2CO2 + 3H2O - C 2H6 + 7/2 O2 Δ H = + 1560 kJ ……(5)
Add eqn. (4) and eqn. (5)
3H2 + 2C  C 2H6 ΔH = -85 kJ
Therefore, the enthalpy of formation of ethane = -85 kJ.
30 (i) correct definition with example 2
(ii) H2S is oxidized to S while Cl2 is reduced to HCl 1
SECTION D
31 (i) d (ii) b (iii) d (iv) b or b 1X4=4
32 (i) correct statement & ΔU = q + w 2
(ii) open system 1
(iii)Zero
OR 1
ΔU = q – w = 701 – 394 = 307 J
SECTION E
33 (i)Correct statements 3
(ii) correct definition with suitable example 2
OR
(a)
3+2

(b) Due to the presence of an electron cloud containing 6 n-electrons above


and below the plane of the ring, benzene is a rich source of electrons.
34 (i) 3

2
(ii)The supervision in concentration of one of the ions by adding other ion as
common ion is called common ion effect

OR
2+3

51
(i) Definition: When a system under equilibrium is subjected to a change in
temperature, pressure or concentration, then the equilibrium shifts in such a
direction so as to undo the effect of the change.
(ii) (a) On adding Fe2O3(s), the equilibrium will remain unaffected.
(b) By removing CO2 (g), the equilibrium will be shifted in the forward
direction.
(c) By removing CO(g), the equilibrium will be shifted in the backward
direction.

35 (i)Any two differences between a sigma bond and a pi bond. 2


(ii)
2

½+1/2
(iii) (a) Linear (b) Tetrahedral
OR
(i) The electron pair involved in sharing between two atoms during covalent 3
bonding is called shared pair or bond pair. At the same time, the electron pair
which is not involved in sharing is called lone pair of electrons.
(Any relevant example)
(ii)In NH3, the dipole moments of the three N—H bonds are in the same 1
direction as the lone pair of electron. But in NF3, the dipole moments of the
three N—F bonds are in the direction opposite to that of the lone pair.
(iii) Bond strength is directly proportional to the bond order. Greater the 1
bond order, more is the bond strength.

BLUE PRINT-CLASS-XI
UNIT MCQ V SA SA CBQ LA To tal
(1 M) (2 M) (3 M) (4 M) (5 M)
Some Basic Concepts Of 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) - 3(7)
Chemistry
Structure Of Atom 4(4) 1(2) 1(3) - 6(9)
Classification Of Elements & 4(4) 1(2) - - - 5(6)
Periodicity Of Elements
Chemical Bonding & Molecular 1(2) - - 1(5) 2(7)
Structure
Thermodynamics - 1(2) 1(3) 1(4) - 3(9)
Equiblrium 2(2) - - - 1(5) 3(7)
Redox Reaction 1(1) 1(3) - 2(4)
Organic Chemistry- Some Basic 3(3) 1(2) 2(6) - 6(11)
Principles & Techniques
Hydrocarbons 3(3) 1(2) 1(5) 5(10)
18(18) 7(14) 5(15) 2(8) 3(15) 35(70)

52
53
SET-5
SESSION ENDING EXAMINATION
CLASS-XI
CHEMISTRY (THEORY)
MM:70 Time: 3 hours
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each
question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. The number of atoms present in one mole of an element is equal to Avogadro number.
Which of the following element contains the greatest number of atoms?
(i) 4g He
(ii) 46g Na
(iii) 0.40g Ca
(iv) 12g He
2. Total number of orbitals associated with third shell will be __________.
(i) 2
(ii) 4
(iii) 9
(iv) 3
3. Which of the following is responsible to rule out the existence of definite paths or
trajectories of electrons?
(i) Pauli’s exclusion principle.
(ii) Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle.
(iii) Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity.
(iv) Aufbau principle.
4. The order of screening effect of electrons of s, p, d and f orbitals of a given shell of an atom
on its outer shell electrons is:
(i) s > p > d > f
(ii) f > d > p > s
(iii) p < d < s > f
(iv) f > p > s > d
5. The types of hybrid orbitals of nitrogen in NO2+, NO3– and NH4+ respectively are expected
to be
(i) sp, sp3 and sp2
(ii) sp, sp2 and sp3

54
(iii) sp2, sp and sp3
(iv) sp2, sp3 and sp
6. Which of the following order of energies of molecular orbitals of N2 is correct?
(i) (π2py) < (σ2pz) < (π*2px) ≈ (π*2py)
(ii) (π2py) > (σ2pz) > (π*2px) ≈ (π*2py)
(iii) (π2py) < (σ2pz) > (π*2px) ≈ (π*2py)
(iv) (π2py) > (σ2pz) < (π*2px) ≈ (π*2py)
7. In an adiabatic process, no transfer of heat takes place between system and surroundings.
Choose the correct option for free expansion of an ideal gas under adiabatic condition from
the following.
(i) q = 0, ΔT ≠ 0, w = 0
(ii) q ≠ 0, ΔT = 0, w = 0
(iii) q = 0, ΔT = 0, w = 0
(iv) q = 0, ΔT < 0, w ≠ 0
8. Enthalpy of sublimation of a substance is equal to
(i) enthalpy of fusion + enthalpy of vapourisation
(ii) enthalpy of fusion
(iii) enthalpy of vapourisation
(iv) twice the enthalpy of vapourisation
9. We know that the relationship between Kc and Kp is Kp = Kc (RT)Δn. What would be the
value of Δn for the reaction
NH4Cl (s) ⇌ NH3 (g) + HCl (g)

(i) 1
(ii) 0.5
(iii) 1.5
(iv) 2
10. Using the standard electrode potential, find out the pair between which redox reaction is not
feasible.

(i) Fe3+ and I–


(ii) Ag+ and Cu
(iii) Fe3+
(iv) Ag and Fe3+
11. The IUPAC name for

(i) 1-Chloro-2-nitro-4-methylbenzene
(ii) 1-Chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene
(iii) 2-Chloro-1-nitro-5-methylbenzene

55
(iv) m-Nitro-p-chlorotoluene
12. In which of the following, functional group isomerism is not possible?
(i) Alcohols
(ii) Aldehydes
(iii) Alkyl halides
(iv) Cyanides
13. Arrange the halogens F2, Cl2, Br2, I2, in order of their increasing reactivity with alkanes.
(i) I2 < Br2 < Cl2 < F2
(ii) Br2 < Cl2 < F2 < I2
(iii) F2 < Cl2 < Br2 < I2
(iv) Br2 < I2 < Cl2 < F2
14. Arrange the following in decreasing order of their boiling points.
(A) n–butane, (B) 2–methylbutane, (C) n-pentane, (D) 2,2–dimethylpropane
(i) A > B > C > D
(ii) B > C > D > A
(iii) D > C > B > A
(iv) C > B > D > A

15. Assertion (A) : Sodium chloride formed by the action of chlorine gas on sodium metal is a
stable compound.
Reason (R) : This is because sodium and chloride ions acquire octet in sodium chloride
formation.
(i) A and R both are correct, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(ii) A and R both are correct, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(iii) A is true but R is false.
(iv) A and R both are false
.
16. Assertion (A) : Black body is an ideal body that emits and absorbs radiations of all
frequencies.
Reason (R) : The frequency of radiation emitted by a body goes from a lower frequency to
higher frequency with an increase in temperature.
(i) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(ii) Both A and R are true but R is not the explanation of A.
(iii) A is true and R is false.
(iv) Both A and R are false.
17. Assertion (A): Significant figures for 0.200 is 3 where as for 200 it is 1.
Reason (R): Zero at the end or right of a number are significant provided they are not on the
right side of the decimal point.
(i) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(ii) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A.
(iii) A is true but R is false.
(iv) Both A and R are false.
18. Assertion (A) : Though the central atom of both NH3 and H2O molecules are sp3 hybridised,
yet H–N–H bond angle is greater than that of H–O–H.
Reason (R) : This is because nitrogen atom has one lone pair and oxygen atom has two lone
pairs.

56
(i) A and R both are correct, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(ii) A and R both are correct, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(iii) A is true but R is false.
(iv) A and R both are false.

SECTION B
Directions (Q. No. 19-25) : This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. What is stoichiometry? What is the difference between precision and accuracy?
20. . State the following
(i) Aufbau’s principle
(ii) Heisenberg uncertainty principle
OR
Write the electronic configuration of the Ni2+ (Z=28) and Cr (Z=24)
21. All transition elements are d-block elements, but all d-block elements are not transition
elements. Explain.
22. Draw the resonating structure of
(i) Ozone molecule
(ii) Nitrate ion
23. Give two points of differences between inductive effect and resonance effect.
24. Write bond line formula for Isopropyl alcohol
(ii) Give IUPAC name for

OR
Indicate the σ and π bonds in the following molecules:
C6H6, CH2=C=CH2
25. (i) Write the expression for equilibrium constant Kc for the reaction
CaCO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO2(g)

(ii) Define common ion effect

SECTION C
Directions (Q. No. 26-30): This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. Calcium carbonate reacts with aqueous HCl to give CaCl2 and CO2 according to the
reaction given below:
CaCO3 (s) + 2HCl (aq) → CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
What mass of CaCl2 will be formed when 250 mL of 0.76 M HCl reacts with 1000 g of
CaCO3 ? Name the limiting reagent. Calculate the number of moles of CaCl2 formed in the
reaction.
27. Draw molecular orbital diagram of N2 molecule and find its bond order.
OR

57
Compare the magnetic behaviour and relative stabilities of N2, N2+ and N2- .
28. Write balanced chemical equation for the following reactions:
(i) Permanganate ion (MnO4–) reacts with sulphur dioxide gas in acidic medium to produce
Mn2+ and hydrogensulphate ion.
(Balance by ion electron method)
OR
(ii) Balance the following ionic equation by ion- electron method.
MnO4– (aq) + I– (aq) → MnO2 (s) + I2(s) (in basic medium)
29. Draw Newman and Sawhorse projections for the eclipsed and staggered conformations of
ethane. Which of these conformations is more stable and why?
30. Arrange the elements N, P, O and S in the order of-
(i) increasing first ionisation enthalpy.
(ii) increasing non metallic character.
(iii) increasing atomic size

SECTION D
Q. No. 31-32 are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and carries 4
(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31. Read the given passage and answer the questions.


Orbitals are regions or spaces where there is a maximum probability of finding electrons.
Qualitatively, these orbitals can be distinguished by their size, shape, and orientation. An orbital of
small size means there is more chance of finding the electron near the nucleus. Shape and
orientation mean the direction in which the probability of finding the electron is maximum. Atomic
orbitals can be distinguished by quantum numbers. Each orbital is designated by three quantum
numbers n, l, and ml (magnetic quantum number) which define energy, shape, and orientation but
these are not sufficient to explain spectra of multi-electrons atoms. Spin quantum number (ms )
determines the spin of electrons. Spin angular momentum of the electron has two orientations
relative to the chosen axis which are distinguished by spin quantum numbers ms which can take
values +1/2 and –1/2.
I. How many orbitals are associated with n = 3?
II. How many electrons are possible in an orbital? Why?
III. What is the shape of ‘s’ and ‘p’ orbitals?
IV. Name two d-orbitals that are on-axis.
32. Read the passage given below and answer the following questions:
If a system is subjected to a change in concentration of one or more reactants, or a change in
temperature or pressure, the equilibrium condition of the system is altered. A net reaction will take
place in some direction until a new equilibrium state is attained. In 1884, a French Chemist and
Engineer, Le Chatelier, showed that in every such case, the new equilibrium state partially reduces
the effect of change that brought it about. This principle is known as Le Chatelier’s Principle. The
principle states that, if a system at equilibrium is subjected to a change of pressure or temperature or
number of moles of the component, there will be a tendency for a net reaction in the direction that
reduces the effect of this change. Generally, we can say that;
 An increase in the concentration of the reactants shifts the equilibrium in the forward direction
and a decrease in the concentration of the reactants shifts the equilibrium in the backward
direction.

58
 Similarly, an increase in concentration of the products shifts the equilibrium in the backward
direction and a decrease in the concentration of the products shifts the equilibrium in the
forward direction.

The following questions are multiple choice questions. Choose the most appropriate answer:
(i) Le Chatelier Principle is applicable to
a) heterogeneous reaction
b) homogeneous reaction
c) irreversible reaction
d) system in equilibrium
(ii) In what manner will increase of pressure affect the following equation
C(s) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2(g)

a) shift in the reverse direction


b) shift in the forward direction
c) increase in the yield of hydrogen
d) no effect
(iii) For the reaction at equilibrium
2H2(g) + CO (g) ⇌ CH3OH (g)

On addition of more CO to the reaction mixture, the concentration of CH3OH will


a) increase
b) decrease
c) doubles
d) remains same
(iv) For the reaction at equilibrium
PCl5 (g) ⇌ PCl3 (g) + Cl2 (g) ΔrH0 = 124.0 kJ mol–1

Decreasing the temperature will increase the concentration of the


a) products
b) reactants
c) both
d) none
OR
The reaction given below is an exothermic reaction.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g)

An increase temperature will...


a) shift equilibrium toward the right
b) shift equilibrium toward the left
c) increase pressure
d) have no change

SECTION-E
Q.No. 33-35 are answer type questions. Each question has 5 marks each. Read the passage
carefully and answer the questions that follow.
33. I. What is second law of thermodynamics?

59
II. For an isolated system ∆U = 0; what will be ∆S?
III. Given that ΔH = 0 for mixing of two gases. Explain whether the diffusion of these gases
into each other in a closed container is a spontaneous process or not?
Or
I. For the reaction; 2Cl (g) → Cl2(g); what will be the signs of ∆H and ∆S ?
II. Write third law of thermodynamics
III. For a reaction at 298 K
2A+B→C
∆H = 400 kJ mol-1 and ∆S = 0.2 kJ K’1 mol-1.
At what temperature will the reaction become spontaneous considering ∆H and ∆S to be
constant over the temperature range?
34. I. Which is the best and latest technique for isolation, purification and separation of organic
compounds ?
II. Write the formula of the compound formed in the Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen in an
organic compound, due to which Prussian blue colour is obtained .
III. What are nucleophiles and electrophiles. Explain with examples.
OR
I. It is not advisable to use sulphuric acid in place of acetic acid for acidification while testing
sulphur by lead acetate test. Assign reason
II. Which is expected to be more stable : O2NCH2CH2O– or CH3CH2O– and why ?
III. Give a brief description of the principle of the following processes taking one example in
each case.
(1) Distillation (2) Chromatography
35. I. Write the IUPAC names of the products obtained by the ozonolysis Pent-2-ene
II. Arrange benzene, n-hexane and ethyne in decreasing order of acidic strength. Also give
reason for this behaviour
III. How will you convert benzene into
(i) o-chloronitrobenzene
(ii) m-chloronitrobenzene
Or
I. Write the IUPAC names of the products obtained by the ozonolysis 3, 4-dimethylhept-
3-ene
II. Arrange the following sets of compounds in order of their decreasing relative
reactivity with an electrophile and assign reason.
Chlorobenzene, 2, 4-dinitrochlorobenzene, p-nitrochlorobenzene.
III. How will you convert benzene into
(i) p-nitrotoluene
(ii) Acetophenone

MARKING SCHEME
S. No. Expected Answer Marks
1 4 1
2 3 1
3 2 1
4 1 1
60
5 2 1
6 1 1
7 3 1
8 1 1
9 4 1
10 3 1
11 2 1
12 3 1
13 1 1
14 4 1
15 1 1
16 2 1
17 3 1
18 1 1
19 Stoichiometry is a section of chemistry that involves using relationships 1+1
between reactants and/or products in a chemical reaction to determine
desired quantitative data.Accuracy refers to how close a measurement is
to the true or accepted value. Precision refers to how close measurements
of the same item are to each other
20 Correct statements for (i) and (ii) 1+1
OR
Ni2+ (Z=28): [Ar] 3d8 and Cr (Z=24): [Ar] 3d54s1
21 Elements in which the last electron enters in the d-orbitals, are called d- 1+1
block elements of transition elements. These elements have the general
electronic configuration (n-1)d10ns2 or d10ns2 do not show most of the
properties of transition elements.

The d-orbitals in these elements are completely filled in the ground state
as well as in their common oxidation states. Therefore, they are not
regarded as transition elements. Thus, on the basis of properties, all
transition elements are d-block elements but on the basis of electrons
configuration, all d-block elements are not transition elements.
22 1+1

23 The primary distinction between inductive and resonance effects is 1+1


that the former explains the electrical charge transmission between
molecules of atoms. In contrast, the latter explains the transfer of electron
pairs among the molecules of atoms .
24
1+1

(i) (ii) Ethyl Benzene


OR
C 6H6: 12 and 3, CH2=C=CH2: 6 and 2 1+ ½ + ½
25 ​(g)] ​(s)] 1+1
Kc
​= [CaO(s)]×[CO2 ​/ [CaCO3

61
The reduction of the degree of dissociation of a salt by the addition of a

common-ion is called the common ion effect.


26 ​×25=0.684g.
The mass of HCl is 10000.75×36.5 1
1 mole of calcium carbonate reacts with 2 moles of HCl. 1
Hence, the mass of calcium carbonate that will react completely with
​×0.684=0.937g.
0.684 g of HCl is 2×36.5100 1
27 N2: KK'(σ2s)2 (σ*2s)2 (π2Px)2 (π2py)2 (σ2pz)2
Bond order = (Nb−Na) /2 1
B.O = (10−4)/2
B.O = 3
OR 1
(ii) N2 > N2 > N2-
+

N2 - Diamagnetic, N2+, N2- - paramagnetic 1


28 1
1
1

OR
The unbalanced chemical equation
MnO4−(​ aq) + I−(aq) → MnO2(​ s) + I 2​(s)
The oxidation half reaction is I−(aq) → I2(​ s)
The reduction half reaction is MnO4−(​ aq) → MnO2(​ aq)
Balance I atoms and charges in the oxidation half reaction.
2I−(aq) → I2(​ s) + 2 e−
In the reduction half reaction, the oxidation number of Mn changes from
+7 to +4. Hence, add 3 electrons to reactant side of the reaction.
MnO4−(​ aq) + 3e− → MnO2(​ aq)
Balance charge in the reduction half reaction by adding 4 hydroxide
ions to product side.
MnO4−(​ aq) + 3e− → MnO2(​ aq) + 4OH−
To balance O atoms, add 2 water molecules to reactant side.
MnO4−(​ aq) + 3e− + 2H2O
​ → MnO2(​ aq) + 4OH−
To equalize the number of electrons, multiply the oxidation half reaction
by 3 and multiply the reduction half reaction by 2.
6I−(aq) → 3I2(​ s) + 6e−
2MnO4−(​ aq) + 6e− + 4H2O​ → 2MnO2(​ aq) + 8OH−
Add two half cell reactions to obtain the balanced equation.
2MnO4−(​ aq) + 6I−(aq) + 4H2O
​ 2(​ l) → 2MnO2(​ s) + 3I2(​ s) + 8OH−
29 stability of conformation : In staggered form of ethane , the electron ½+½
clouds of carbon-hydrogen bonds are as far apart as possible. Thus , there
are minimum repulsive forces, minimum energy and maximum stability
of the molecule. On the other hand , when the staggered form changes
into the eclipsed form, the electron clouds of the carbon-hydrogen bonds
come closer to each other resulting in increase in electron cloud 1
repulsion. To check the increased repulsive forces , molecule will have to
posses more energy and thus has lesser stability. Staggered form is more 1
stable.

62
30 I. increasing order of first ionization enthalpy of these elements
follows the order: S<P<0<N. 1
II. increasing order of negative electron gain enthalpy of these
elements follows the order: N<P<0<S
III. increasing non-metallic character is: P<S<N<O. ½×4
31 The possible values of l and m1​ are :
I total = 9 1
II 2 1
III spherical , dumble shaped 1
IV dxy , dxz 1
32 I. D 1
II. A 1
III. A 1
IV. B 1
OR
A 1
33 I. Correct statement 1
II. Δ S will be positive i.e., greater than zero 2
III. The mixing of two gases have ΔH equal to zero. Therefore, it is
spontaneous process because energy factor has no role to play but 2
randomness increases i.e., randomness factor favours the process.
OR
ΔH and ΔS are negative
Correct statement 1
ΔG=ΔH−TΔS
Assuming that equation at equilibrium then 1
ΔG = 0
ΔG=ΔH−TΔS=0 1
T=ΔSΔH​=0.2400​=2000K 2
34 I. chromatography 1
II. On heating with sulphuric acid, some ferrous is oxidized to ferric 2
​[Fe(CN)
hexacyanoferate (II) Fe 4 ​]6​3 which is Prussian blue in
colour 2
III. Electrophiles (atom, molecule) are electron deficient species and
can accept an electron pair from electron rich species. Ex:
carbocation & carbonyl compounds. Nucleophiles (atom,
molecule are electron rich species and donates electron pair to
electron deficient species
OR
I. Answers It necessary to use acetic acid and
not sulphuric acid for acidification of sodium extract for
testing sulphur by lead acetate test because sulphuric acid will
react with lead acetate To form a precipitate of lead sulphate, thus
interfering in the test of sulphur.
Pb(CH3COO)2 + H2SO4 → PbSO4↓ + 2CH3COOH

63
II. O2NCH2CH2O– is more stable than CH3CH2O– because NO2
group has –I effect and hence it tends to disperse the negative
charge on the oxygen atom. In contrast, CH3CH2 has +I effect. It,
therefore, tends to intensify the negative charge and hence
destabilizes it.
III. sufficient difference in their boiling points. and It is based on the
difference in movement of individual components of a mixture
through the stationary phase under the influence of mobile phase.
35. I. The IUPAC name of Product (I) is ethanal and Product (II)is 1
propanal.
II. The s–character increases in the order: 2
sp3<sp2<sp Hence, the decreasing order of acidic behaviour is
Ethyne > Benzene > Hexane. 2
III.

OR
I. 1-Phenylbut-1-ene
II. The decreasing order of relative reactivity with an electrophile is:
Chlorobenzene >p− nitrochlorobenzene >2,4
dinitrochlorobenzene
III. (I)

64
(II)

BLUE PRINT
Sec-A Sec-B Sec-C Sec-D Sec-E Total
1M 2M 3M 4M 5M
Name of Unit MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA
Based
Basic Concepts of 1 (1) 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 7 (4)
Chemistry
Structure of Atom 2 (2) 1 (1) 2 (1) 4 (1) 9 (5)
Classification of Elements 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6(3)

Chemical Bonding and 2 (2) 2 (2) 3 (1) 7 (4)


Molecular Structure
Chemical Thermodynamics 2 (2) 2 (1) 5 (1) 9 (4)

Equilibrium 1 (1) 2 (1) 4 (1) 7(3)

Redox Reactions 1 (1) 3 (1) 4 (2)

65
Organic Chemistry: Some 2 (2) 2 (2) 5 (1) 11 (5)
basic Principles and
Techniques
Hydrocarbons 2 (2) 3 (1) 5 (1) 10 (4)
14 (14) 4 (4) 14 (7) 15 (5) 8 (2) 15 (3) 70(35)

66
SET-6
CLASS XI
CHEMISTRY (THEORY) (043)
MM:70 Time: 3 hours
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. If 2 gm of Na OH is present is 200 ml of its solution, its molarity will be
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 5 (d)10
2.. The electrons occupying the same orbital are distinguished by:
(a) Azimuthal quantum number (b) Spin quantum number
(c) Principle quantum number (d) Magnetic quantum number
3. An organic compound contains carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. Its elemental analysis gave C,
38.71% and H, 9.67%. The empirical formula of the compound would be
(a) CHO (b) CH4O (c) CH3O (d) CH2O
4. The species Ar’ K and Ca contains the same number of electrons. In which order do their
+ 2+

radiiincrease?
(a) Ca+2< K+< Ar (b) K+ < Ar < Ca+2 (c) Ar < K+ < Ca+2 (d) Ca+2> K+> Ar
5. With which of the following electronic configurations an atom has the lowest ionization
enthalpy?
(a) 1s2 2s2 2p6 (b) 1s2 2s2 2p5 (c) 1s2 2s2 2p3 (d) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1
6. The species having pyramidal shape is
(a) SO3 (b) BrF3 (c) SiO32- (d)NH3
7. One mole of which of the following has the highest entropy?
(a) Liquid Nitrogen (b) Hydrogen Gas (c) Mercury (d) Diamond
8. In a reversible chemical reaction at equilibrium, if the concentration of any one of the reactants
is doubled, then the equilibrium constant will
(a) Also be Doubled (b) Be Halved
(c) Remain the Same (d) Become One-Fourth
9. Among the following the weakest Bronsted base is
(a) F– (b) Cl– (c) Br– (d) I–
10. The oxidation number of Cl in Cl2O7 is
(a) + 7 (b) + 5 (c) + 3 (d) – 7
11. The oxidation process involves

67
(a) Increase in oxidation number (b) Decrease in oxidation number
(c) No change in oxidation number (d) none of the above
12. The displacement of electrons in a multiple bond in the presence of attacking reagent is called:
(a) Inductive effect (b) Electromeric effect
(c) Resonance (d) Hyper conjugation.
13. The position of double bond in alkenes can be located by:
(a) Hydrogenation of oil (b) Ozonolysis
(c) Photolysis (d) Hydration
14. Which of the following compounds will exhibit geometrical isomerism?
(a) 1 – Phenyl – 2 – butene (b) 3 – Phenyl – 1 – butene
(c) 2 – Phenyl – 1 butene (d) 1,1 – Diphenyl propene
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : 1.231 has three significant figures.
Reason : All numbers right to the decimal point are significant.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : The bond order of He2 is always zero.
Reason : The number of electrons in bonding molecular orbitals and antibonding molecular
orbitals is equal.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b.Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Energy of resonance hybrid is equal to the average of energies of all
canonical forms.
Reason (R): Resonance hybrid cannot be presented by a single structure.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : Boiling point of alkanes increases with increase in molecular masses.
Reason : van der Waal’s forces increase with increase in molecular masses.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

68
SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. Write two differences between molarity and molality.
20. Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide that could be produced when
(i) 1 mole of carbon is burnt in air.
(ii) 1 mole of carbon is burnt in 16 g of dioxygen.
21. Draw the shape of the following molecules using the VSEPR model:
BeCl2, BCl3 , SiCl4, PH3
22. For the following equilibrium, K =6.3 x 1014 at 1000 K.
NO(g)+O3 —–>NO2(g) + O2(g)
Both the forward and reverse reactions in the equilibrium , are elementary bimolecular
reactions. What is Kc for the reverse reaction?
23. Justify that the following reactions are redox reactions:
(a) CuO(s) + H2(g) —–> Cu(s) + H2O(g)
(b) Fe2O3(s) +3CO(g) —-> 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g)
OR
Fluorine reacts with ice and results in the change:
H2O(S) + F2 (g) ——-> HF(g) + HOF(g)
Justify that this reaction is a redox reaction.
24. Write IUPAC names of the products obtained by the ozonolysis of Pent-2-ene
25. Draw the cis- and trans-structures for hex-2-ene. Which iosmer will have higher b.p. and
why?

OR
Why is benzene extra-ordinarily stable though it contains three double bonds

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are short answer type and carry 3 marks each
26. What are the necessary conditions for any system to be aromatic?
27. Does the number of moles of reaction products increase, decrease or remain same when each
of the following equilibria is subjected to a decrease in pressure by increasing the volume?

OR
Predict which of the following will have appreciable concentration of reactants and products:

28. The reaction of cyanamide, NH2CN(s) with dioxygen was carried out in a bomb calorimeter
and ∆U was found to be -742,7 KJ-1 mol-1 at 298 K. Calculate the enthalpy change for the
reaction at 298 K.
NH2CN (s) + 3/202(g) —–>N2(g) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

OR
69
Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of CH3OH. from the following data:
(i) CH3OH(l) + 3/2 O2 (g) ———-> CO2 (g) + 2H2O (l); ∆r H0 = – 726kj mol-1
(ii) C(s) + O2(g) —————>C02 (g); ∆c H0 = -393 k j mol-1
(iii) H2(g) + 1/2O2(g) —————->H2O(l); ∆fH0 = -286 k j mol-1
29. Draw diagrams showing the formation of a single bond, double bond and a triple bond
between carbon atoms in C2H6, C2 H4 and C2 H2 molecule.( in terms of hybridization)
30. (i) An atomic orbital has n = 3. What are the possible values of l and m?
(ii) List the quantum numbers m and l of electron in 3d orbital.
(iii) Which of the following orbitals are possible?
1p, 2s, 2p and 3f.
SECTION D
31. Read the passage given below and answer the following questions ------------
What are the reasons for the different chemical behaviour of the first member of a group of
elements in the s- and p-blocks compared to that of the subsequent members in the same group?
The anomalous behaviour is attributed to their small size, large charge/ radius ratio and high
electronegativity of the elements. In addition, the first member of group has only four valence
orbitals (2s and 2p) available for bonding, whereas the second member of the groups have nine
valence orbitals (3s, 3p, 3d). As a consequence of first element, the maximum covalency of the
first member of each group is 4 (e.g., boron can only form [BF4- ] , whereas the other members of
the groups can expand their valence shell to accommodate more than four pairs of electrons e.g.,
aluminium [AlF6 ]3 − forms). Furthermore, the first member of p-block elements displays greater
ability to form pπ – pπ multiple bonds to itself (e.g., C = C, C ≡ C, N = N, N ≡ Ν) and to other
second period elements (e.g., C = O, C = N, C ≡ N, N = O) compared to subsequent members of
the same group
1. Diagonal relationship is shown by
(a) All elements with their diagonally downward elements towards right
(b) Most of the elements of second period
(c) All 3d series elements
(d) None of the above
2. The maximum covalency of the first element of each group is
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 3
3. [AlF6]3- is possible but [BF6]3- is not. Explain
. OR
Why the first member of s & p blocks show anomalous behavior?
32. Steam Distillation: This technique is applied to separate substances which are steam volatile and
are immiscible with water. In steam distillation, steam from a steam generator is passed through a
heated flask containing the liquid to be distilled. The mixture of steam and the volatile organic
compound is condensed and collected. The compound is later separated from water using a
separating funnel. In steam distillation, the liquid boils when the sum of vapour pressures due to
the organic liquid (p1) and that due to water (p2) becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure (p),
i.e. p =p1+ p2. Since p1 is lower than p, the organic liquid vaporises at lower temperature than its
boiling point. Thus, if one of the substances in the mixture is water and the other, a water
insoluble substance, then the mixture will boil close to but below, 373K. A mixture of water and
the substance is obtained which can be separated by using a separating funnel. Aniline is
separated by this technique from aniline – water mixture

70
(i) How aniline and chloroform can be separated?
a) Sublimation
b) Condensation
c) Distillation
d) Evaporation
(ii) Which of the following is not separated through the distillation process?
a) Acetone and water
b) Milk and water
c) Impurities in Sea water
d) Aniline and chloroform.
(iii) Which salt is obtained as a result of the chemical reaction between hydrochloric acid (HCl)
and sodium hydroxide (NaOH)? Which method will you use to separate it from the solution?
OR
While separating a mixture of ortho and para nitrophenols by steam distillation, name the isomer
which will be steam volatile. Give reason.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice
32. (i) How many electrons in an atom may have the following quantum numbers?
(a) n = 4 ; ms = -1/2
(b) n = 3, l = 0.
(ii) Write the electronic configuration of ---
Mn3+ ,Fe2+ & Cu2+

OR
(1) Define the following :
(a) De Broglie Principle
(b) Heisenberg’s uncertainty Principle
(2) An element with mass number 81 contains 31.7% more neutrons as compared to protons.
Assign the symbol to the element.
34. (i) Define the following :
(a) Extensive and Intensive properties
(b) Hess’s law of constant heat summation
(ii) Derive the relationship between Cp and Cv for an ideal gas.
35. (i) Define the following
(a) Inductive effect
(b) Hyper conjugation
(ii) An organic compound contains 69% carbon and 4.8% hydrogen, the remainder being
oxygen. Calculate the masses of carbon dioxide and water produced when 0.20 g of this
compound is subjected to complete combustion.
OR
(i) Explain why does alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a π-system ?.
(ii) In an estimation of sulphur by Carius method, 0.468 of an organic sulphur compound
gave 0.668 g of barium sulphate. Find the percentage of sulphur in the compound.

MARKING SCHEME
71
SECTION A
1. (a) 0.25 (1)
2. (b) spin quantum no. (1)
3. (c) CH3O (1)
4. (a) Ca+2< K+< Ar (1)
5. (d) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 (1)
6. (d) NH3 (1)
7. (b) hydrogen gas (1)
8. (c) Remain the Same (1)
9. (d) I– (1)
10.. (a) 7 (1)
11. (a) Increase in oxidation number (1)
12. (b) Electromeric effect (1)
13. (b) Ozonolysis (1)
14. (a) 1 – Phenylbut-2-ene (1)
15. (d) A is false but R is true. (1)
16. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A (1)
17. (d) A is false but R is true. (1)
18. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of (1)

SECTION B
19. Correct two differences (1+1)
20. (i) In air, combustion is complete. Therefore, CO2 produced from the combustion of 1 mole of
carbon = 44 g. (1+1)
(ii) As only 16 g of dioxygen is available, it can combine only with 0.5 mole of carbon, i.e.,
dioxygen is the limiting reactant. Hence, C02 produced = 22 g

21. Correct shape (0.5×4)

22. Correct formula with solution (1+1)

23.

.
Here, O is removed from CuO, therefore, it is reduced to Cu while O is added to H2 to form H20,
therefore, it is oxidised. Further, O.N. of Cu decreases from + 2 in CuO to 0 in Cu but that of H

72
increases from 0 in H2 to +1 in H20. Therefore, CuO is reduced to Cu but H2 is oxidised to H20.
Thus, this is a redox reaction. (1)

Here O.N. of Fe decreases from +3 if Fe2O3 to 0 in Fe while that of C increases from +2 in CO to


+4 in CO2. Further, oxygen is removed from Fe2O3 and added to CO, therefore, Fe2O3 is reduced
while CO is oxidised. Thus, this is a redox reaction. (1)
OR
Writing the O.N. of each atom above its symbol, we have,

Here, the O.N. of F decreases from 0 in F2 to -1 in HF and increases from 0 in F2 to +1 in


HOF. Therefore, F2 is both reduced as well as oxidised. Thus, it is a redox reaction and
more specifically, it is a disproportionation reaction. (2)

24. Propanal & ethanol ( 1+1)


25. The structures of cis- and trans-isomer of hex-2-ene are:

The boiling point of a molecule depends upon dipole-dipole interactions. Since cis-isomer has
higher dipole moment, therefore, it has higher boiling point. (1+1)

OR
The six electrons of the p-orbitals cover all the six carbon atoms, and are said to be delocalized.
As a result of delocalization there formed a stronger n-bond and a more stable molecule.
(2)
SECTION C
26. The necessary conditions for a molecule to be aromatic are:
 It should have a single cyclic cloud of delocalised pi-electrons above and below the plane of
the molecule.

 It should be planar. This is because complete delocalization of pi-electrons is possible only if


the ring is planar to allow cyclic overlap of p-orbitals.

 It should contain Huckel number of electrons, i.e., (4n + 2) pi-electrons where n = 0, 1, 2, 3..
A molecule which does not satisfy any one or more of the above conditions is said to be non-
aromatic (1+1+1)
27. (i) Pressure will increase in the forward reaction and number of moles of products will
increase.

(ii) Pressure will increase in backward reaction and number of moles of products will
decrease.
(iii) The change in pressure will have no effect on the equilibrium constant and there will

73
be no change in the number of moles. (1+1+1)
OR
Following conclusions can be drawn from the values of Kc. (1+1+1)
(a) Since the value of Kc is very small, this means that the molar concentration of the products
is very small as compared to that of the reactants.
(b) Since the value of Kc is quite large, this means that the molar concentration of the
products is very large as compared to that of the reactants.
(c) Since the value of Kc is 1.8, this means that both the products and reactants have
appreciable concentration.

28. ∆U = – 742.7 KJ mol-1 ; ∆ ng = 2 – 3/2 = 1/2 mol.


R = 8.314 x 10-3KJ -1 mol-1 ; T = 298 K
According to the relation ∆H = ∆U+∆ ng RT
∆H = (- 742.7 kj) + (1/2 mol) x (8.314 x10-3 KJ -1 mol-1 ) x (298 K)
= – 742.7 kj + 1.239 kj = – 741.5 kj.
OR
The equation we aim at;
C(s) + 2H2(g) + l/2O2(g) ———> CH3OH (l);∆f H0 = ±? … (iv)
Multiply eqn. (iii) by 2 and add to eqn. (ii)
C(s) + 2H2(g) + 2O2(g) ————->CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
∆H = – (393 + 522) = – 965 kj/ mol
Subtract eqn. (iv) from eqn. (i)
CH3OH(l) + 3/202(g) ————> CO2(g) + 2H2O(l); ∆H0 = – 726 k j mol-1
Subtract: C(s) + 2H2(g) + l/2O2(g) ———-> CH3OH(l); ∆f H0 = – 239 k j mol-1

29. correct diagram (1+1+1)


30. (i) For n = 3; l = 0, 1 and 2.
For l = 0 ; ml = 0
For l = 1; ml = +1, 0, -1
For l = 2 ; ml = +2, +1,0, +1, + 2

(ii) For an electron in 3rd orbital ; n = 3; l = 2 ; ml can have any of the values -2, -1, 0,+ 1, +2.
(iii) 1p and 3f orbitals are not possible (1+1+1)

SECTION D
31. (i) b
(ii) a
(iii) Correct explanation (1+1+2)

32. (i).c
(ii) c
(iii) The chemical reaction between HCl and NaOH gives rise to common salt (NaCl). The
following is a representation of the chemical reaction:
74
HCl + NaOH → NaCl + H2O.
The salt is separated from the solution using the distillation process.(1+1+2)

OR
o-Nitrophenol is steam volatile due to chelation (intramolecular H – bonding) and hence
can be separated by steam distillation from p-nitrophenol which is not steam volatile
because of intermolecular H-bonding. (1+1+2)

SECTION E
33. (i) a =16, b =2 ( 1+1)
(ii) correct configuration (1+1+1)
OR
(1) a & b correct definition (1+1)
(2) An element can be identified by its atomic number only. Let us find the atomic number.
Let the number of protons = x
Number of neutrons = x + [x×31.7/100 = (x + 0.317x) 1
Now, Mass no. of element = no. of protons + no. neutrons
81 = x + x + 0.317 x = 2.317 x or x = 81/2.317 = 35
∴No. of protons = 35, No. of neutrons = 81 – 35 =46 1

Atomic number of element (Z) = No. of protons = 35


The element with atomic number (Z) 35 is bromine 81Br35. 1
34. (i) Correct definition (1+1)
(ii) Correct derivation (3)
35. (i) Correct definition (1+1)
(ii) ( 1+1+1)

75
OR
(i) Due to hyperconjugation, alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a π-
system as shown below:

(2)
(ii) Mass of the compound = 0.468 g
Mass of barium sulphate = 0.668 g

(1.5+1.5)

Blue Print

Sec-A Sec- B Sec- C Sec- D Sec- E

Name of Unit 1M 2M 3M 4M 5M Total


Case
MCQ A-R VSA SA LA
Based
Some Basic Concepts of
2 (1) 1 (1) 2 (2) 5 (7)
Chemistry
Structure of Atom 1 (1) 1 (3) 1 (5) 3 (9)
Classification of Elements and
2 (1) 1 (4) 3 (6)
Periodicity in Properties
Chemical Bonding and
1 (1) 1 (1) 1 (2) 1 (3) 4 (7)
Molecular Structure
Chemical Thermodynamics 1 (1) 1 (3) 1 (5) 3 (9)
Equilibrium 2 (1) 1 (2) 1 (3) 4 (7)
Redox Reaction 2 (1) 1 (2) 3 (4)
Organic Chemistry-Some basic
1 (1) 1 (1) 1 (4) 1 (5) 4 (11)
Principles and Techniques
Hydrocarbons 2 (1) 1 (1) 2 (2) 1 (3) 6 (10)
14 (14) 4 (4) 7 (14) 5 (15) 2 (8) 3 (15) 35 (70)

76
SET-7
Q UESTION PA PER-X I
SESSION END ING EX A MINA TION
CHEMISTRY THEORY (0 4 3 )
MM:7 0 Tim e: 3 Hrs
G en eral In stru ctio n s: Read th e fo llo w in g in stru ctio n s carefu lly.
a) Th ere are 3 5 q u estio n s in th is q u estio n p ap er w ith in tern al ch o ice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each
question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. The empirical formula and molecular mass of a compound are CH2O and 180 g
respectively. What will be the molecular mass of the compound?
(a) CH2O
(b) C6H12O6
(c) C3H6O3
(d) C2H4O2
2. The electrons occupying the same orbital are distinguished by:
(a) Magnetic quantum number
(b) Azimuthal quantum number
(c) Spin quantum number
(d) Principal quantum number
3. The correct ground state electronic configuration of chromium atom is
(a) [Ar] d5 s1
(b) [Ar] d4s2
(c) [Ar] d6 s0
(d) [Ar] d5 s1
4. Which of the following remains unchanged on descending a group in the periodic
table?
(a) Atomic size
(b) Density
77
(c) Metallic character
(d) Valence electrons
5. The attraction that an atom exerts on a pair of electrons being shared between the
two atoms forming a covalent bond is referred to as
(a) Valency
(b) Electron affinity
(c) Ionization energy
(d) Electronegativity
6. Which of the following has a regular geometry?
(a) H20
(b) NH3
(c) BCl3
(d) SF4
7. Which of the following is dependent on temperature?
(a) Molarity
(b) Molality
(c) Mole fraction
(d) Mass percent
8. Which of the following has both covalent and ionic bond
(a) H2O
(b) CH4
(c) NH4Cl
(d) NaCl
9. Which of the following is an extensive property?
(a) Boiling point
(b) Freezing point
(c) Volume
(d) Density
10. The oxidation state of oxygen in ozone is.
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 0
11. High value of equilibrium constant signifies.
(a) Most of the reactant has been converted into product before equilibrium is
reached

78
(b) Small amount of reactant has been converted into product before
equilibrium is reached
(c) Both of the above
(d) None of the above
12. Which type of isomerism is shown by propanal and propanone?
(a) Chain isomerism
(b) Metamerism
(c) Position isomerism
(d) Functional isomerism
13. The number of acidic hydrogen atoms in propyne is/are.
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
14. In CH2=CH-CH3 molecule, the hybrid state of carbon 1,2 and 3 respectively are
(a) sp3, sp2, sp
(b) sp2, sp2, sp3
(c) sp, sp2, sp3
(d) sp2, sp3sp2
(Q .No .1 5 -1 8 ): Each o f th ese q u estio n s co n tain tw o statem en ts, A ssertio n an d Reaso n .
Each o f th ese q u estio n s also h as fo u r altern ative ch o ices, o n ly o n e o f w h ich is th e
co rrect an sw er. Yo u h ave to select o n e o f th e co d es (A ), (B), (C) an d (D ) g iven b elo w .
(a) A ssertio n is co rrect, reaso n is co rrect; reaso n is a co rrect exp lan atio n fo r
assertio n .
(b ) A ssertio n is co rrect, reaso n is co rrect; reaso n is n o t a co rrect exp lan atio n fo r
assertio n
(c) A ssertio n is co rrect, reaso n is in co rrect
(d ) A ssertio n is in co rrect, reaso n is co rrect.
.Assertion- H3PO4 is a tribasic acid.
Reason- It has three ionizable hydrogens.
.Assertion- Aqueous sodium carbonate solution is acidic in nature.
Reason- On hydrolysis sodium carbonate produces strong base and weak acid.
.Assertion- Degree of dissociation of H2S decreases in presence of hydrochloric
acid.
Reason- H2S is a weak electrolyte. Equilibrium for its dissociation shifts in
backward direction, in presence of a common ion.

79
18. Assertion- Concentrations of reactants and products become constant at
equilibrium.
Reason- At equilibrium rates of forward and backward reactions are unequal.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The
following questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. Write four differences between sigma and pi bond.
20. Calculate pH of 0.05 M H2SO4 solution.
OR
Find pH of . M NaOH solution.
21. Define atomic mass. An element has fractional atomic mass. What does it
indicate?
22. What do you mean by functional group? Name the suffix used for carboxylic
acid and aldehyde in IUPAC nomenclature.
OR
Write general formula for alkanes and cycloalkanes. Draw two polygon formulae
for the molecular formula C5H10.
23. An alkene on ozonolysis gives two isomers with molecular formula C3H6O. Write
structure and IUPAC name of alkene.
24. Which of the following is more acidic and why?
(a) Ethanoic acid or Chloroethanoic acid.
(b) Methanoic acid or Ethanoic acid.
25. Write chemical equation for the followings
(a) Hydro bromination of But-1-ene in presence of peroxide.
(b) Combustion of Ehane.

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The
following questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
.Calculate how many mols and molecules of methane are there in 40 g of
methane. Also calculate number of hydrogen atoms in the same quantity of
methane.
OR
A solution is made up of by mixing 92 g of ethanol (molar mass= 46 g/mol) with
108 g of water. Calculate mole fraction and mass percent of each component in
the solution.

80
27. Define any three of the following
(a) Hund’s Rule
(b) Pauli’s exclusion Principle
(c) Aufbau Principle
(d) Dual nature of radiation
28. Write sequence of molecular orbitals in increasing order of their energies for
O2. Find bond order of O2. Why is bond order in O2+ more than that in O2?
29. (a)What do you mean by spontaneous process? Give one example each for
spontaneous process where entropy change is positive and entropy change is
negative.
(b) Why are endothermic reactions with positive entropy change more
spontaneous at high temperature?
30. Balance the following reaction in acidic medium by ion electron method.
Cr2O7-2 + Fe+2 ……………..> Cr+3 + Fe+3
Explain that Cr2O7-2 is acting as oxidizing agent here.
OR
Giving suitable examples explain that oxidation and reduction must occur
together in a chemical reaction.
Out of zinc and copper vessel which is more suitable to store HCl solution and
why?

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question carries 4 marks
(1+1+2) and internal choice in 2 marks question.
31. Wave- Particle D u ality -The photoelectric effect provides compelling evidence that
light can exhibit particle like characteristics attributable to energy packets called
photons. But what about the interference phenomena, which demonstrates that light
behaves as a wave? The answer is yes. Scientists now believe that this wave particle
duality is an inherent property of light. Light is far more interesting phenomenon than
just being a stream of particles or an electromagnetic wave. Some microscopic
particles like electrons also exhibit wave particle duality. In order to explain atomic
behaviour, Newton’s classical system was replaced with another system in which
microscopic system like electron, sub-atomic particles and photons were regarded as
having wave nature in addition to particle behaviour.
A n sw er th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s:
(a) Why Caesium is used in solar cells?
(b) What does de Broglie principle tell?
81
(c) Define threshold frequency. What will be the kinetic energy of ejected electron
if frequency of incident radiation and threshold frequency are same?
OR
Write mathematical expression to show relationship between wavelength of a
particle to its mass. Why macroscopic particles don’t show wave nature?
32. Perio d icity In Pro p erties ‒ To understand the cause of periodicity, it should be
emphasized that nuclei of atoms do not undergo any change in ordinary chemical
reactions. This means that the properties of elements must be related to the number
of electrons and their arrangement around the nucleus. Moreover, the electrons in the
completely filled inner- electronic shells do not participate in chemical combination.
Therefore, it must be the electrons in the incomplete outer electronic shells which
determine the properties of atoms of various elements. IF we examine the electronic
configurations of different elements, it is found that with gradual increase in atomic
number, there is repetition of similar electronic configurations of outer energy levels
after certain intervals. This means that the periodic repetition of properties must be
due to the repetition of similar electronic configurations of elements after certain
intervals.
A n sw er th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s:
(a) Mendeleev could not explain the cause of periodicity in properties of
elements. Why?
(b) Why are 2,8,18 and 32 called magic numbers?
(c) How does atomic size vary in groups and periods?
OR
At the end of each period there is an abrupt increase in atomic size. Why?

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions
have an internal choice.
33. How will you convert benzene into
(a) nitrobenzene
(b) Toluene
(c) Cyclohexane
(d) m- nitro chlorobenzene
OR
How will you convert ethyne into
(a) ethane
(b) benzene
82
(c) propyne
(d) but-1-yne
(e) but-2-yne
34. (a) Explain the followings:
(i) Tertiary carbocation is most stable.
(ii) Refining of petroleum is done by fractional distillation.
(b) In the estimation of sulphur by Carius method, 0.468 g of organic compound
gave 0.668 g of BaSO . Find the percentage of sulphur in the given organic
compound.
OR
(a) Explain the followings:
(i) It easy to detect the elements in organic compound by preparing
Lassaigne’s extract.
(ii)Hyper conjugation is called no bond resonance.
(b) 0.200 g of an organic compound produces 0.5764 g of CO and 0.1512 g of
water on combustion. Calculate percentage of carbon and hydrogen in the
compound.
35. (a) Explain Hess’s law of constant heat summation with a suitable example.
(c) Calculate the heat of combustion of methane at C. The bond energies for
the C-H, O=O, C=O and O-H are , 498, 803 and 463 KJ/mol respectively.

MA RKING SCHEME

SECTION A

1 to 1 8 each co rrect an sw er 1 m ark.

1. b 7. a 13. b

2. c 8. c 14. b

3. a 9. c 15. a

4. d 10. d 16. d

5. d 11. a 17. a

6. c 12. d 18. c

83
SECTION B

19. Four correct differences ( ½ x4 = 2 )

20. pH = ‒ log [ H+] 1/2

[ H+] = ×M 1/2

= X 0.05 = 0.1 1/2

pH = - log [0.1] = 1 1/2

OR

pH+ pOH= 1/2

P H= -log[ H-] 1/2

= -log [0.001] = 3 1/2

PH= 14-3= 11 1/2

21. Correct definition 1

It means that it is average atomic mass of different isotopes of the element. 1

Q Correct definition 1

Oic acid 1/2

Al 1/2

OR

Alkanes - CnH n+ 1/2

Cycloalkanes - CnH n 1/2

Cyclopentane
1/2

Methylcyclobutane ½

23. Isomers with formula C3H6O

CH3CH2CHO (popanal) and CH3COCH3 (propanone) 1

(CH3)2C=CHCH2CH3 1/2

2- Methyl but-2-ene
½

84
24. (a) Chloroethanoic acid, due to -I effect of Cl
½+1/2

(B) Methanoic acid, in ethanoic acid +I effect of methyl group decrease acid
strength. ½ + ½

Peroxide

25 (a) CH2=CHCH2CH3 + HBr CH2(Br)CH2CH2CH3 1

(b) C4H10 + 13/2 O2------------> CO2 + H2O 1

SECTION C

26. Moles = given mass/ molar mass ½

40/16 = 2.5 ½

Molecules = moles x . x 1023 ½

= 2.5 x . x 10 23= . x 10 24 ½

Each molecule of methane contains 4 atoms of hydrogen

No of hydrogen atoms= x 1.505 x 1024= 6.020 x 1024 1

OR

Mole fraction of ethanol= moles of ethanol/ total moles in solution


1/2

= 2/ 2+6 = 2/8= 1/4 ½

Mole fraction of water= 1- mole fraction of ethanol


1/2

= 1- 1/4 = 3/4 1/2

Mass percent= mass of component x 100/ mass of solution


1/2

Ethanol= 46% , Water= 54%


1/2

27. (a) Correct definition 1

(b) Correct definition 1

© correct definition 1

85
(d) correct statement 1

28. Correct sequence 1

Bond order = ½ (Bonding electrons ‒antibonding electrons)


1/2

(10-6)/2 = 2 1/2

Bond order increase because electron is removed from antibonding molecular


orbital 1

29. Correct definition 1

CaCO3(s) Heat .> CaO(s) + CO2(g) 1/2

H2(g) + O2(g) ..> H2O(l) 1/2

For endothermic process to be spontaneous TS > H

Hence high temperature will favor the spontaneity 1

30. Cr2O7-2 + H+ + e- …………….> Cr+3 + H2O (i) 1

6 Fe+2 ……………….> Fe+3 +6 e- (ii) 1/2

Adding (i) and (ii)

Cr2O7-2 + Fe+2 + 14 H + ……………….> Cr +3 + Fe+3 + H2O ½

Cr undergoes reduction from +6 to +3 oxidation state, hence it is oxidizing agent.


1

OR

Zn + Cu +2 …………………> Zn+2 + Cu 1/2

Here Zn is oxidized by loss of electrons and Cu +2 is reduced by gain of electron.


½

ZnO + CO ………………> Zn + CO2 ½

ZnO is reduced to Zn and CO is oxidized to CO2


½

Copper is suitable to store HCl solution because zinc will react with HCl solution.
½+½

86
SECTION D

31. (a) It has low ionization enthalpy 1

(b) The principle is about wave nature of microscopic particles. 1

(c) The minimum frequency of radiation to eject the electron. 1

Kinetic energy of ejected electron will be zero. 1

OR

Wave length = h/mv 1

For macroscopic particles the wave length is too small to be measured.


1

Q (a) He thought that properties of elements depend upon atomic mass. 1

(b) Because there is reoccurrence of similar properties after these intervals. 1

(c) Atomic size increases down the group with increase in number of shells. 1

Atomic size decreases from left to right in period due to greater nuclear force of
attraction. 1

OR

At the end of each period there are noble gases which are monoatomic. 1

Their Van der Waal radius is measured which is larger than other types of radii.
1

SECTION E

33. Benzene to nitrobenzene

Benzene to toluene

1
87
Benzene to cyclohexane

Benzene to m-choloronitrobenzene

1+1

OR

(a) C H≡CH + H2 C2H6 1


(a) 3 CH≡ CH C6H6 1
(b) CH≡ CH + Na HC≡CNa HC≡C CH3
(c) CH ≡CH + Na CH≡ CNa HC ≡CCH2CH3 1
CH3Br
(d) CH≡C H + Na CH≡ CNa CH3C ≡CCH3 1
34. (a) i) due to positive inductive effect of three alkyl group. 1
ii) less difference in boiling point points of the constituents. 1
(b) S % = Atomic mass of Sulphur x mass of BaSO4 × 100/ Mass of organic comp. ×
233 1
= 32 x 0.668 x 100/0.468 x 233
1
= 19.6 % 1
OR
(a) i) Elements are converted to corresponding sodium salts which are ionic in
nature. 1
(ii) Because there is no bond between carbon and H+
1
(b) H%= x mass of water produced x 100/18 x mass of organic compound
½

88
= 2 x 0.1512 x 100/18 x 0.200
= 8.4% 1
C%= 12 x mass of CO produced x / 44 x mass of organic compound
1/2
= 12 x 0.5764 x 100/ 44 x 0.200
= 78.6 % 1
3 6 .(a) Enthalpy of a reaction remains same whether it is carried out in one step or
in several
steps. 1
C + O2 …………> CO2 + q 1
C + ½ O2. ……..> CO + q1
CO + ½ O2 ……….> CO2 + q2
q= q1 + q2
(b) CH4 + O2 ………….> CO2 + H2O
Enthalpy of combustion = sum of bond enthalpies of reactants ‒ sum of bond
enthalpies of products
½
(4× C-H + 2 O=O) ‒ ( C=O + O-H). 1
4× 415 + 2×498) ‒ (2× 803 + 4 × 463) ½
= -802 KJ 1

BLUE PRINT
Chapter MCQ VSA SA CASE LA WEIGHTAGE
(1) (2) (3) STUDY (5)
(4)
Some basic concepts of 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
chemistry

Structure of atom 2(1) 1(3) 1(4) 9


Classification of 2(1) 1(4) 6
elements and periodicity
in properties
Chemical bonding and 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
molecular structure
Thermodynamics 1(1) 1(3) 1(5) 9
Equilibrium 5(1) 1(2) 7
Redox reactions 1(1) 1(3) 4
Organic chemistry-some 2(1) 2(2) 1(5) 11
basic principles and
techniques
Hydrocarbons 1(1) 2(2) 1(5) 10
TOTAL 18(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 35(70)

89
CLASS XII
BOARD
MODEL QUESTION
PAPERS

90
SET-1
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
CLASS-XII
CHEMISTRY THEORY (043)
MM: 70
Time: 3 HOURS
General Instructions:
Read the following Instructions carefully.
1. There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
2. Section A consist of 18 multiple choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B consist of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
4. Section C consist of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
5. Section D consist of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
6. Section E consist of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
7. All questions are compulsory.

SECTION-A
Thefollowing questions aremultiple-choice questions with onecorrect answer. Each question carries 1
mark. There isnointernal choice inthis section.
1. For determination of molar mass of polymers and proteins, which colligative property is used?
(a) Relative lowering in vapour pressure (b) Elevation in boiling point
IOsmotic pressure (d) Depression in freezing point
2. At 25°C, the highest osmotic pressure is exhibited by0.1 M solution of:
(a) CaCl2 (b) KCl (c) glucose (d) urea
3. In an electrochemical process, a salt bridge is used
(a) as a reducing agent (b) as an oxidizing agent
I to complete the circuit so that current can flow (d) None of these
4. The amount of electricity required to produce one mole of Zn from ZnSO4 solution will be:
(a) 3F (b) 2F (c) 1F (d) 4F
5. Onpassing current through twocells, connected inseries containing solution ofAgNO3 and CuSO4, 0.18 g of
Ag is deposited. The amount of theCu deposited is:
(a) 0.529 g (b) 10.623 g (c) 0.0529 g (d) 1.2708 g
6. If the rate of a gaseous reaction is independent of pressure, the order of reaction is:
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
7. Which of the following is affected by catalyst?
(a)Δ H (b) ΔS (c)Δ G (d) Ea
8. Electronic configuration of atransition element X in+3 oxidation state is [Ar] 3d5. What isits atomic
number?
(a) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (d) 24
9. The magnetic nature ofelements depend onthepresence ofunpaired electrons. Identify the configuration of
transition element, which shows highest magnetic moment.
(a) 3d7 (b) 3d5 (c) 3d8 (d) 3d2
10. Reaction ofC 6H5CH2Br with aqueous sodium hydroxide follows:
(a) SN1 mechanism
(b) SN2mechanism
I Any of theabove twodepending upon thetemperature of thereaction
91
(d) Saytzeff rule
11. Chlorobenzene reacts with Cl2 in the presence of FeCl3 giving ortho and para chloro
compounds. The reaction is:
(a) Nucleophilic substitution reaction (b)Nucleophilic addition reaction
I Electrophilic addition reaction (d) Electrophilic substitution reaction
12. CH3CH2OHcanbeconverted into CH3CHO by_ .
(a) catalytic hydrogenation (b)treatment with LiAlH4
Itreatment with pyridinium chlorochromate (d)treatment with KmnO4
13. Imine derivatives of aldehyde and ketone is called as
(a) Schiff’s reagent (b) Fehling’s reagent (c) Schiff’s base (d) Schiff’s acid.
14. The correct order of theincreasing basicity of methyl amine, ammonia andaniline is
(a) methyl amine < aniline < ammonia (b) aniline < ammonia < methyl amine
I aniline < methyl amine < ammonia (d) ammonia < aniline < methyl amine
In theFollowing questions astatement ofAssertion (A) is followed by a statement ofReasonI. Select the
most appropriate answer from theoptions given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation ofA
b .Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation ofA.
c.A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
15. Assertion (A): Conductivity of an electrolyte increases with decrease in concentration.
ReasonI: Number of ions per unit volume decreases on dilution.
16. Assertion (A): If blood cells are placed in saline water, it will shrink.
ReasonI: Saline water is on solution side hypertonic solution, therefore cell fluid will come out.
17. Assertion (A): CHCl3 is stored in dark bottles
ReasonI: CHCl3 is 92xidized in dark
(b) Assertion (A): Aniline does notundergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
ReasonI: –NH2 group of aniline reacts with AlCl3 (Lewis acid) to give acid-base reaction.

SECTION – B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
(c) Calculate emf: Mg(s)Mg2+(0.001M) Cu2+(0.0001M)
 Cu(s);
EoCu2+/Cu = +0.34V, EoMg2+/Mg = -2.37V
OR
Why ondilution the Λmof CH3COOH increases drastically, while that of CH3COONa increases
gradually?
20. For thereaction A  B, therate of reaction becomes three times when the concentration of A is increased
nine times. What is the order of the reaction?
21. When pyrolusite oreMnO2 isfused with KOH inpresence ofair, agreen coloured compound (A) is
obtained which undergoes disproportionation reaction inacidic medium to give purple coloured compound
(B). Write the formulae of (A) & (B). What happens when compound (B) is heated
22. Draw all the isomers (geometrical andoptical) of: [CoCl2(en)2]+
23. Give one chemical test to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
(a) Phenol and Benzoicacid (b) 1-Propanol and 2-Propanol
24. Account for the following:

92
(i) The boiling point of ethanol is higher than that of methanol.
(ii) The boiling points of ethers are lower than isomeric alcohols.
OR
Although phenoxide ion hasmore number of resonating structures than carboxylate ion, carboxylic acid is a
stronger acid than phenol. Why?
25. Why are vitamin A and vitamin C essential to us? Give their important sources.

SECTION – C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. A steady current of 2 amperes was passed through two electrolytic cells X & Y connected in series containing
FeSO4 & ZnSO4 until 2.8 g of Fedeposited atthecathode ofcell X. Howlong did the current flow? What
mass of zinc were deposited?
(Molar mass of Zn = 65 gmol-1, Fe = 56 gmol-1)
27. A first order reaction takes 30 minutes for 60% decomposition. Calculate t1/2.
[Given: log2=0.3010, log3=0.4771, log4=0.6021, log10=1]
28. (a) Predict all the alkenes that would beformed by dehydrohalogenation of 2, 2, 3-Trimethyl-3-
bromopentane with sodium ethoxide inethanol andidentify themajor alkene.
(b) Convert: Ethanol to ethyl fluoride.
I The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aqueous KOH leads to theformation of alcohols but inthe presence
of alcoholic KOH, alkenes are major products. Explain.
29. Give equations of the following reactions:
(i) Oxidation of propan-1-ol with alkaline KmnO4 solution.
(ii) Conc. HNO3 with phenol.
(iii) Treating phenol with chloroform inthepresence of aqueous NaOH.
OR
i. Convert: Ethyl magnesium chloride → Propan-1-ol.
ii. Write thenames of reagents andequation for the preparation of Ethoxy benzene.
iii. Write the mechanism of this reaction. 1-propoxy propane synthesized from propan-1-ol
30. Account for the following (Any 3)
(a) Cu+ ion is not stable inaqueous solutions.
(b) d1 configuration is very unstable inions.
(c) E0value for the Mn2+/Mn much more than expected.
(d) Scandium is atransition element but Zinc is not.

SECTION – D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31. Read the given passage and answer the question that follow.
Amines are classified as primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Primary amines cannot be
obtained by ammonolysis of alkyl halide because we will get mixture of 10,20 and 30 amines.
Cyanides, on reduction give primary amines whereas isocyanides on reduction gives secondary
amines. Nitro compounds, on reduction also give primary amines. Primary amines react with
CHCl3 and KOH to form foul smelling isocyanide. They react with HNO3 and liberate N2 gas.

93
They react with Hinsberg’s reagent to form salt soluble in KOH. Secondary amine form yellow
oily compounds with HNO2 but does not react with C 6H5SO2Cl.
Diazonium salts are prepared by reaction of aniline with NaNO2 and conc. HCl at 0-50 C . Aromatic
diazonium salts are more stable because phenyl diazonium ion is stabilized by resonance. Benzene
diazonium chloride can be used to prepare halo benzene, phenol, nitro benzene, benzene, p-hydroxy
azo benzene (azo dye) and large number of useful compounds.

Answer the following Questions:


(d) Name the amines which does not react with p-toluene sulphonyl chloride (Hinsberg’s reagent)?
(ii) Give the reaction when benzyl amine reacts with CHCl3 and KOH.
(e) What happens when benzene diazonium chloride reacts with CuCN followed by acidic hydrolysis?

OR
What happens when aniline reacts with NaNO2 + HCl at 00C and alkaline solution of Phenol or β-
Naphthol.

(f) Read the following passage and answer the question that follow:
Solutions are homogeneous mixture of two or more substances. Ideal solution follow Raoult’s
law. The vapour pressure of each component is directly proportional to their mole fraction if
both solute and solvent are volatile. The relative lowering of vapour pressure is equal to mole
fraction of solute if only solvent is volatile. Non ideal solution form azeotropes which cannot be
separated by fractional distillation. Henry’s law is special case of Raoult’s law applicable to
gases dissolved in liquids. Colligative properties depend upon number of particles of solute.
Relative lowering of vapour pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression in freezing point
and osmotic pressure are colligative properties which, depend upon mole fraction of solute,
molality and morality of solutions. When solute undergoes either, association or dissociation,
molecular mass determined by colligative property will be abnormal. Van’t Hoff factor is used
in such cases which is ratio of normal molecular mass over observed molar mass.
Answer the following Questions:
(g) Which term is used for non-ideal solution showing negative deviation from Raoults law?
(ii) Identify which liquid has lower vapour pressure at 900if boiling point of A,B,C, D are
1400,1800,2000and 2500 respectively.
(h) 50 ml of an aqueous solutions of glucose (mm 180 g/mol) contains 6.02x1022
molecules, What will be the molarity of the solution?

OR
For a 5% m/V (mass/volume) solution of urea (mm 60 g /mol), What is the osmotic pressure at
300K?

SECTION – E
The following questions are long answer type questions and carry 5 marks each. Two
questions have an internal choice.
33. Anorganic compound A (molecular formula C 8H16O2) was hydrolysed with dilute sulphuric acid togive a
(B) andanalcohol (C). (B) turns blue litmus solutioninto red. Oxidation of(C) with chromic acid produced
(B). (C) ondehydration gives but-1-ene. Identify A, B andC. also write equations forthe reactions
involved. Write the reaction of(B) with Cl2 and red Phosphorus.

94
OR
(a) Write theIUPAC name of the compound. CH3-CH2-CO-CH(C2H5)-CH2Cl
(b) Arrange thefollowing intheincreasing order of their reactivity towards Nucleophilic addition reaction:
ethanal, propanal, butanone, propanone
(c) Give pausible explation for each of the following:
(i) Cyclohexane forms cyanohydrin in good yield but 2,26-Trimethylcyclohexanone does not.
(ii) During the preparation of esters from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol in the presence
of an acid catalyst, The water or the ester should be removed as soon as it is formed.
(d) How will you bring about the conversion of Propanone to Propene?
34. (a) Write the name of product when glucose treated with
(i) HCN (ii) HI (iii) bromine water
(b) “Despite having analdehyde group, glucose does notgive 2,4 DNP test” what does this
indicate?
(c) Name the three major classes of carbohydrates and give an example of each of these
classes.

OR
(a) Give reasons for the following:
(i) Amino acids are amphoteric innature
(ii) Onelectrolysis inacidic solution amino acid migrate towards cathode while inalkaline solution
these migrate towards anode
(b) Write the name of linkage joining two amino acids.
(c) Name the bases present inRNA which is not present in DNA?
(d) What type of linkage is present innucleic acid?
35. (a) CoSO4.5NH3 exists in two isomeric forms ‘A’ and ‘B’. Isomer ‘A’ reacts with AgNO3 to give
white precipitate, but does not react with BaCl2.Isomer ‘B’ gives white precipitate with BaCl2 but
does not react with AgNO3.Answer the following questions.
(i) Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ and write their structural formulae.
(ii) Name the type of Isomerism involved.
(iii) Give IUPAC name of ‘A’ and ‘B’.
(j) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(CO)4] is diamagnetic though both are tetrahedral. Why?

MARKING SCHEME

SECTION A
Question No. 1 to 18 are of 1 marks each.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

c a c b c a d b b a d c c b d a c a

95
Q. No. Value Point/ Expected Answer Marks

19 E0 Cell = 0.34-(-2.37) = 2.71V ½1


E cell =2.71 -0.0591/n log [Mg+2]/[Cu+2] ½
=2.71-0.0591/2 log (0.001)/(0.0001)
E cell = 2.68 V
OR
Inthecase of CH3COOH, which isaweak electrolyte, theNo. of ions increase on dilution 1+ 1
due to an increase in degree of dissociation. In the case of strong electrolyte the
number of ions remains the same but the interionic attraction decreases.
20 R = K[A]n-------------- (i) ½
3R= K[9A]n--------------- (ii)
Dividingequation(ii)by (i),we get
3 =9n ½
3 = 3 2n ½
1= 2n
n =½ ½
order of the reaction = ½
21 A= K2MnO4 B= KMnO4 ½ + ½1
2KMnO4⎯⎯> K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2

22 1+ 1

23
(a) Add NaHCO3 to each.Phenol will not react,benzoic acid will give brisk effervence due to 1+1
CO2.
(b) Add I2 and NaOH. 2-Propanol will give yellow ppt.of iodoform,whereas 1-Propanolwill
not give yellow ppt.

96
24 (i) It is due to higher molecular weight more surface area,more vander waal 1+ 1
forces of attraction in C2H5OH than CH3OH.
(ii) It is because ethers are not associated with intermolecular H-
bonding,whereas ethanol is associated with intermolecular H-bonding.
OR
In case of phenoxide ion, the negative charge is present on one electronegative 1+ 1
oxygen atom and the lesser electronegative carbon atoms. The contribution of
resonance structures towards resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion is less.
In case of carboxylate ion, the negative charge is present on two
electronegative oxygen atoms. The contribution of resonance structures
towards resonance stabilization of carboxylate ion is more. Hence, the
carboxylate ion is more resonance stabilized than the phenoxide ion. Due to
this, carboxylate ion is more stable than phenoxide ion. Higher stability leads
to greater acidic strength.
25 Deficiency of vitamin A leads to Xerophthalmia and night blindness,whereas 1+1
deficiency of vitamin C leads to scurvy and bleeding of gums.Carrot,fish liver
oil,butter and pulses are the sources of vitamin A whereas citrus fruits,amla and
green leafy vegetables are the sources of vitamin C.
26 w = mol.WtxIxt ½ +1
nx96500
t= 3039s
w1 = E1 w2 E2
2 = 31.75 ½ +1
x 32.5
x = 2.047gram
mass of zinc were deposited= 2.047 gram

27 t60% =2.303/k log [R]0/40[R]0/100 ½+ ½


=2.303/k(log10-log4)
k=2.303/30(1.0000-0.6021)
k=2.303/30x0.3979=3.05x10-2 min-1 ½+ ½
t1/2=0.693/k
t1/2=0.693/3.05x10-2min-1 ½+ ½
=22.72 min
28 3,4,4-Trimethylpent-2-ene is the major product. 1+1
Inthefirst step, the ethanol orethyl alcohol is reacted with hydrochloric acid in the +1
presence of zinc chloride asacatalyst to form chloro ethane andwater. Inthe second step,
the chloro ethane is reacted with silver fluoride to form ethyl fluoride as aproduct.
CH3CH2OH + HCl CH3CH2Cl CH3CH2F
The ionization of aqueous KOH produces hydroxide ions which are strong nucleophiles.
Hence, alkyl chlorides undergo substitution to form alcohol.
Alcoholic KOH solution gives alkoxide ion which is a strong base. It
abstracts β hydrogen atom of alkyl chloride. A molecule of HCl is eliminated and an
alkene is formed.

97
29 1+1
(a) CH3CH2CH2OH + 2 [O] CH3CH2COOH + H2O +1
(b)

(c)

OR
(a)

(b)

(c) CH3- CH2- CHONa + CH3 -CH2 -CH2 Br → C2H5- O- CH2- C2H5 + NaBr
30 (a) Inanaqueous medium, Cu2+ is more stable than Cu+. This is because although 1+1
energy isrequired to remove oneelectron from Cu+ toCu2+ , high hydration energy of
Cu2+ compensates for it. Therefore, ion inanaqueous solution is unstable. It
disproportionates to give Cu2+ andCu.
2 Cu+ (aq) → Cu2+ (aq) + Cu (s)
(b) The hydration orlattice energy is more than sufficient to remove the only electron present
inthe d-orbital of these ions. The ions ind1 configuration tend tolose onemore electron
togetinto stable d0 configuration.
(c) The electrode potential values for Mn2+/Mn is more negative than expected dueto
greater stability ofhalf-filled d-subshell (d5) inMn.
Scandium atom initsground state (3d1),itisregarded asatransition element while zinc
atom has completely filled d-orbitals (3d10) in its ground state as well
as in its oxidised state.

98
31. (i) Tertiary amines 1
(ii)C6H5CH2NH2 + CHCl3 +KOH C 6H5CH2NC
1
(iii)C6H5N2Cl +CuCN C 6H5CN
C 6H5CN + H2O C 6H5COOH 1+1
OR
C6H5NH2+ NaNO2 +HCl  C6H5N2Cl
1+1

32 (i)Maximum boiling azeotropes.


(ii) D will have lower vapour pressure because it has highest boiling point. 1
(iii) M= no.of moles x1000/volume of solution in ml 1
=6.02x1022x1000/6.02x1023x50 1+1
=2M
OR
πV=nRT 1
πx0.1L=5x0.0821x300/60 1
=24.63/1.2=20.52 atm 1+1
33 A= CH3 -CH2 -CH2 - COO -CH2 -CH2 –CH-CH3 1+1
B= CH3 -CH2 -CH2 -COOH
C= CH3 -CH2 -CH2-CH2-OH
CH3CH2CH2 COOCH2CH2CH2CH3→ CH3-CH2-CH2-COOH + CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-OH
Dehydration
CH3 − CH2−CH2 − CH2OH CH3 − CH2 − CH = CH2
CH3 − CH2−CH2 − CH2OH CH3 − CH2 − CH2 − CH2 − COOH 1+1+1
CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH CH3 − CH2 − CH2 − CH(Cl) − COOH
OR
(a) 6-Chloro-4-ethylhexan-3-one
(b) Butanone < Propanone< Propanal < Ethanal
(c) (i)In 2,2,6-Trimethylcyclohexane,there is stearic hindrance of three methyl
groups therefore,it does not form cyanohydrin in good yield as compared to
cyclohexanone which does not have stearic hindrance. 1+1+1
(ii) It does so that ester formed does not get hydrolysed to give acid and alcohol
back. It is done so asd to shift equilibrium in forward direction.
(d) CH3COCH3 (LiAlH4) CH3 -CH (OH)-CH3 . 2 4 → CH3 -CH= CH2

1+1
34 (a) (i) Glucose cynohydrine (ii) n-hexane (iii) Gluconic acid 1
(b) Itindicates that –CHO group of glucose is notfree, butit is present incyclic hemiacetal 1
form.
1+1+1
(c) (i) Monosaccharides: Glucose (ii) Oligosaccharides: Sucrose (iii) Polysaccharides:
Starch

99
. OR
(a) (i) Due to presence of zwitter ion amino acids react with acid and
1
acid react with amine thus they show amphoteric nature.
(ii) Amino acid exists asadipolar ion. Onelectrolysis inacidic medium it changes to 1
positive ion so it migrates towards cathode while on electrolysis inbasic medium
it changes tonegative ion so itmigrates towards anode.
(b)Peptide linkage. (c)Uracil (d) Phosphodiesterlinkage 1+1+1

35 (a) (i) [Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + AgNO3(aq)  AgCl(s) + [Co(NH3)SO4]NO3 1


‘A’ White ppt
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + BaCl2 (aq)  BaSO4(s) + [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
‘B’ White ppt 1
(ii) Ionisation isomerism
1
(iii)‘A’ is pentaamminechloridocobalt(III)sulphate
‘B’ is pentaamminesulphatocobalt(III)chloride 1
(b)The oxidation state of Ni is zero in[Ni(CO)4] but it is +2 in[NiCl4]2-, 1
As Ni(Z = 28)[Ar] 3d8 4s2

BLUE PRINT
Unit Name of unit Section-A Section- Section- Section- Section- Total
No B C D E
1 Mark 2 Marks 3 Marks 4 Marks 5 Marks
MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA
Based
1 Solutions 2(1) 1(1) 1(4) 4(7)
2 Electrochemistry 3(1) 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6(9)
3 Chemical Kinetics 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 4(7)
4 d and f-Block 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 4(7)
Elements
5 Coordination 1(2) 1(5) 2(7)
Comounds
6 Haloalkanes and 2(1) 1(1) 1(3) 4(6)
Haloarenes
7 Alcohols,Phenols 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 3(6)
and Ethers
8 Aldehydes,Ketones 1(1) 1(2) 1(5) 3(8)
and Carboxylic
acids
9 Amines 1(1) 1(1) 1(4) 3(6)
10 Biomolecules 1(2) 1(5) 2(7)
14(1) 4(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 35(70)
Total

100
SET-2
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
CLASS - XII
CHEMISTRY THEORY (043)
MM: Time: 3 hours
G en eral In stru ctio n s: Read th e fo llo w in g in stru ctio n s carefu lly.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
Th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s are m u ltip le-ch o ice q u estio n s w ith o n e co rrect an sw er. Each
q u estio n carries 1 m ark. Th ere is n o in tern al ch o ice in th is sectio n .
1. Which of the following reagents cannot, be used to oxidise primary alcohols to
aldehydes?
(a) CrO3 in anhydrous medium
(b) KMnO4 in acidic medium
(c) Pyridinium chlorochromate
(d) Heat in the presence of Cu at 573 K
2. Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point?
(a)CH3CH2CH2Cl
(b) CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl
(c) CH3CH(CH3)CH2Cl
(d) (CH3)3CCl
3. Which one of the following characteristics of the transistion metals is associated
with higher catalytic activity?
(a) High enthalpy of atomisation
(b) Paramagnetic behaviour
(c) Colour of hydrate ions
(d) Variable oxidation states
4. For the reaction N2 + H2 → NH3 if Δ[NH ]Δt = 2 × 10-4 mol L-1s-1, the value
of −Δ[H ]Δt would be
101
(a) 1 × 10-4 mol L-1s-1
(b) 3 × 10-4 mol L-1s-1
(c) 4 × 10-4 mol L-1s-1
(d) 6 × 10-4 mol L-1s-1
5. The standard reduction potentials of X, Y, Z metals are 0.52, -3.03, -1.18
respectively. The order of reducing power of the corresponding metals is:
(a) Y > Z > X
(b) X > Y > Z
(c) Z > Y > X
(d) Z > X > Y
6. For a chemical reaction A→B, it is found that the rate of reaction doubles when the
concentration of A is increased four times. The order of reaction is
(a) Two
(b) One
(c) Half
(d) Zero
7. Which of the following amines can exhibit enantiomerism?
(a) Benzeamine
(b) 2-Butanamine
(c) 2-Propanamine
(d) 2-Methyl-propanamine.
8. Primary and secondary valency of Pt in [Pt(en)2Cl2] are
(a) 4, 4
(b) 4, 6
(c) 6, 4
(d) 2, 6
9. In the following compounds:

The order of acidity is


(a) III > IV > I > II
(b) I > IV > III > II
(c) II > I > III > IV
(d) IV > III > I > II
10. Identify the correct IUPAC name
(a) (CH3CH2)2NCH3 = N-Ethyl-N-methylethanamine
102
(b) (CH3)3CNH2 = 2-methylpropan-2-amine
(c) CH3NHCH (CH3)2 = N-Methylpropan-2-amine
(d) (CH3)2CHNH2 = 2, 2-Dimethyl-N-propanamine
11. Methyl ketones are usually characterised through
(a) Tollen’s reagent
(b) Iodoform test
(c) Schiff’stest
(d) Benedict solution test.
12. The potential energy diagram in the reaction R → P is given. ∆H° of the reaction
corresponds to the energy.

(a) a
(b) b
(c) c
(d) a + b
13. |Pt(NH3)4| |CuCl4| and |Cu(NH3)4||PtCl4| are known as
(a) ionisation isomers.
(b) coordination isomers
(c) linkage isomers
(d) polymerisation isomers
14. Aldehydes other than formaldehyde react with Grignard’s reagent to give addition
products which on hydrolysis give
(a) tertiary alcohols
(b) secondary alcohols
(c) primary alcohols
(d) carboxylic acids
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n : Ethers behave as bases in the presence of mineral acids.
Reaso n : Due to the presence of lone pairs of electrons on oxygen.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

103
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n : Vitamin D can be stored in our body
Reaso n : Vitamin D is fat soluble vitamin and is excreted from the body in urine
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n (A ): Cu can n o t lib irate h yd ro g en fro m acid s .
Reaso n (R): b ecau se it h as p o sitive electro d e p o ten tial.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n : Nitration of aniline can be conveniently done by protecting the amino
group by acetylation.
Reaso n : Acetylation increases the electron-density in the benzene ring.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
Th is sectio n co n tain s 7 q u estio n s w ith in tern al ch o ice in tw o q u estio n s. Th e fo llo w in g
q u estio n s are very sh o rt an sw er typ e an d carry 2 m arks each .
19. The thermal decomposition of HCOOH is a first order reaction with a rate constant
of 2.4×10-3 s-1 at a certain temperature. Calculate how long will it take for three-
fourths of initial quantity of HCO2 H to decompose. (log 0.25 = -0.6021)
20. Write any two reactions of glucose which cannot be explained by the open chain
structure of glucose molecule.

104
OR
Give two differences between globular and fibrous proteins.
21. a) Why does p-dichlorobenzene have a higher m.p. than its o- and m-isomers?
(b) Why is (±)-Butan-2-ol optically inactive?
OR
Account for the following:
(i) The C ‒ Cl bond length in chlorobenzene is shorter than that in CH3 ‒ Cl.
(ii) Chloroform is stored in closed dark brown bottles.
22. When a co-ordination compound CrCl3. H2O is mixed with AgNO3, 2 moles of AgCl
are precipitated per mole of the compound. Write
(i) Structural formula of the complex.
(ii) IUPAC name of the complex.
23. Write the reactions taking place at cathode and anode in lead storage battery
when the battery is in use. What happens on charging the battery ?
24. For a chemical reaction R → P, the variation in the of concentration (R) vs. time (f)
plot is given as
(i) Predict the order of the reaction.
(ii) What is the slope of the curve?

25. Write chemical equations to illustrate the following name bearing reactions :
(i) Cannizzaro’s reaction
(ii) Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction

SECTION C
Th is sectio n co n tain s 5 q u estio n s w ith in tern al ch o ice in tw o q u estio n s. Th e fo llo w in g
q u estio n s are sh o rt an sw er typ e an d carry 3 m arks each .
26. Explain the mechanism of the following reaction :
Acid catalysed hydration of an alkene forming an alcohol.
27. a) Using Valence bond theory explain the geometry and magnetic behaviour by
[Cr(NH3)6]3+ . (At. no. Cr = 24)
(b) Write the IUPAC name of [CoBr2(en)2]+

105
28. Determine the osmotic pressure of a solution prepared by dissolving 2.5 × 10-2 g
of K2SO4 in L of water at 25° C, assuming that it is completely dissociated.
(R = 0.0821 L atm K-1 mol-1, Molar mass of K2SO4 = 174 g mol-1).
OR
Some ethylene glycol, HOCH2CH2OH, is added to your car’s cooling system along
with 5 kg of water. If the freezing point of a water-glycol solution is - . °C, what is
the boiling point of the solution?
(Kb = 0.52 K kg mol-1 and Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1 for water)
29. Account for the following:
(i) Primary amines (R-NH2) have higher boiling point than tertiary amines (R3N).
(ii) Aniline does not undergo Friedel ‒ Crafts reaction.
(iii) (CH3)2NH is more basic than (CH3)3N in an aqueous solution.
30. Attempt any three-
(i) How can you convert Aniline to bromobenzene
(ii) How can you convert Chlorobenzene to 2-chloroacetophenone
(iii) How can you convert Chloroethane to butane
(iv) Following compounds are given to you:
2-Bromopentane, 2-Bromo-2-methylbutane, 1-Bromopentane
Write the compound which is most reactive towards SN2 reaction.

SECTION D
Th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s are case-b ased q u estio n s. Each q u estio n h as an in tern al
ch o ice an d carries 4 (1 + 1 + 2 ) m arks each . Read th e p assag e carefu lly an d an sw er th e
q u estio n s th at fo llo w .
31.Proteins are the most abundant biomolecules of the living system. The chief
sources of proteins are milk, cheese, pulses, fish, meat, peanuts, etc. They are
found in every part of the body and form a fundamental basis of the structure and
functions of life. These are also required for the growth and maintenance of the
body. The word protein is derived from the Greek word, ʻproteios’ meaning
ʻprimary’ or of ʻprime importance’. Chemically, proteins are the polymers in
which the monomeric units are the α-amino acids. Amino acids contain an amino
(-NH2) and carboxylic (-COOH) functional groups. Depending upon the relative
position of the amino group with respect to the carboxylic group, the amino acids
can be classified as α, β, and γ-amino acids. Amino acids which are synthesised by
the body are called non-essential amino acids. On the other hand, those amino
acids which cannot be synthesized in the human body and are supplied in the

106
form of diet (because they are required for proper health and growth) are called
essential amino acids.

a. Why do amino acids show amphoteric behavior?


b. Define the linkage between two amino acids?
c. i) Name two essential amino acids.
ii) Describe what you understand by primary structure and secondary
structure of proteins
OR
i) When we boil egg what process occurs? Define it.
ii) Which type of bond in protein of egg remain intact during boiling of
egg?
32. Read the passage given below and answer the following questions:
The properties of the solutions which depend only on the number of solute particles but not on the
nature of the solute are called colligative properties. Relative lowering in vapour pressure is also
an example of colligative properties.
For an experiment, sugar solution is prepared for which lowering in vapour pressure was found to
be 0.061 mm of Hg. (Vapour pressure of water at 200C is 17.5 mm of Hg)

a. What is the relative lowering of vapour pressure for the given solution?
b. How is relative lowering of vapour pressure affected by amount of solute?
c. i) The mole fraction of sugar is equal to which quantity?
ii) State Raoult’s law of vapour pressure and write its mathematical expression.
OR
Define:
(i) Solutions showing positive deviation from ideal behaviour.
(ii) Solutions showing negative deviation from ideal behaviour.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.
33. (a) The conductivity of 0.001 mol L-1 solution of CH3COOH is 3.905 × 10-5 S cm-1. Calculate its
molar conductivity and degree of dissociation (α).
Given: λ (H ) = 349.6 S cm mol and λ (CH3COO ) = 40.9 S cm mol .
0 + 2 -1 0 – 2 -1

(b) Define electrochemical cell. What happens if external potential applied becomes greater than
E0cell of electrochemical cell?
OR
(a) What is limiting molar conductivity? Why there is steep rise in the molar conductivity of
weak electrolyte on dilution?
(b) Calculate the emf of the following cell at 298 K :
Mg (s) | Mg2+ (0.1 M) || Cu2+ (1.0 × 10-3M) | Cu (s)
[Given = E0 Cell = 2.71 V].
34. (a) What is meant by the following terms? Give an example of the reaction in each cas
107
(i) Aldol (ii) Semicarbazone
(b) Complete the following :

OR
Write the structures of A, B, C, D and E in the following reactions :

35. (a) (i) Which transition element in 3d series has positive E0M2+/M and why?
(ii) Name a member of lanthanoid series which is well known to exhibit +4 oxidation
state and why?
(b) Account for the following :
(i) The highest oxidation state is exhibited in oxoanions of transition metals.
(ii) HCl is not used to acidify KMnO4 solution.
(iii) Transition metals have high enthalpy of atomisation.

MARKING SCHEME
Q No. Value points Marks
SECTION A
1. b 1
2. b 1
3. d 1
4. b 1
5. a 1
6. c 1
7. b 1
8. d 1
9. d 1
10. a 1
11. b 1
12. c 1
13. b 1
14. b 1
15. a 1
16. c 1
17. a 1
18. c 1
SECTION B
19.

108
½

20. 1. It does not form the hydrogen sulphite addition product with NaHSO3. 1
2. The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine
indicating the absence of free – CHO group.(any other correct reaction) 1

OR

lobular Proteins Fibrous Proteins


1. Polypeptide chains of
1. Globular proteins have almost
fibrous proteins consist of
spheroidal shape due to folding of the
thread like molecules which 1
polypeptide chain.
tend to lie side by side to form
fibres.
2. Fibrous proteins are
2. Globular proteins are soluble in water.
insoluble in water.

OR any other difference.

21. (a) p-isomers are comparitively more symmetrical and fit closely in the crystal 1
lattice, thus require more heat to break these strong forces of attraction.
Therefore higher melting point than o- and m-isomers.
(b) (±)-Butan-2-ol is optically inactive because in racemic mix one type of 1
rotation is cancelled by other.

OR
(i) In haloalkanes, the halogen atom is attached to sp3-hybridized carbon while
in haloarenes it is attached to sp2 -hybridized carbon whose size is smaller 1
than sp3 orbital carbon. Therefore C – Cl bond in chloro-benzene is shorter
than alkyl chloride.
(ii) CHCl3 is stored in dark coloured bottles to cut off light because CHCl3is 1
slowly oxidised by air in presence of light to form an extremely poisonous
gas, carbonyl chloride, popularly known as phosgene.
22. i) The complex formed on mixing a coordination compound CrCl3.6H2O with 1
AgNO3 is as follows
CrCl3.6H2O + AgNO3 → [Cr(H2O5)Cl]Cl2. H2O
(ii) Pentaaquachloridochromium (III) chloride . 1

109
23. At Anode: Pb + SO4-2 → PbSO4 + 2e 1
at Cathode : PbO2 + SO4-2 + 4H+ + 2e → PbSO4 + 2H2O
On charging the battery, the reaction is reversed and PbSO4 on anode and 1
cathode is converted into Pb and PbO2 respectively.
24. (i) It is zero order reaction. 1
(ii) Slope of the curve = -K 1
25. (i) Cannizzaro’s reaction: Aldehydes, which do not have an oc-hydrogen atom 1
undergo self oxidation and reduction on treatment with cone, alkali and
produce alcohol and carboxylic acid salt.

(ii) Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction : Carboxylic acid reacts with chlorine or


bromine in presence of small quantities of red phosphorous to give exclusively
α-chloro or α-bromo acids. 1
Example :

SECTION C
26. Step 1: Protonation of alkene to form carbocation by electrophilic attack of 1
H3O+.

110
27. (a) Cr atom (Z = 24), Ground state = [Ar] 3d5 4s1

1
1
Geometry : Octahedral
Magnetic property : Paramagnetic
1
(b) Dibromidobis (ethane-1,2-diamine) cobalt (III)

28. π = iCRT ⇒ π = inRT/V ½


⇒ π = i × w/M×RT/v ½
Given : w = 2.5 × 10-2 g = 0.025 g
V = 2L, T = 25°C = 298 K ½
M = K2SO4 = 2 × 39 + 32 + 4 × 16 = 174 g mol-1
K2SO4 = dissociates completely as K2SO4 → 2K+ + SO42- ½
∴ Ions produced = 3 i.e., i = 3 1
Hence, π = 3 × 0.025g174gmol−1×12L × 0.0821 L atm K-1 mol-1 × 298 K
∴ π = 527 × 10-3 atm
OR
ΔTf = 0 – (-15) = +15° C,
Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1 Kb = 0.52 K kg mol-1 ½

1
29. (i) Due to presence of two H-atoms on N-atom of primary amines, they 1
undergo extensive intermolecular H-bonding while tertiary amines due to the
absence of a H-atom on the N-atom, do not undergo H- bonding. As a result,
primary amines have higher boiling points than 3° amines.
(ii) Aniline being a Lewis base reacts with Lewis acid AlCl3 to form a salt.
1

As a result, N of aniline acquires positive charge and hence it acts as a strong


deactivating group for electrophilic substitution reaction. Consequently,
aniline does not undergo Freidel Craft reaction.
(iii) Due to more steric hindrance in (CH3)3N it is less basic than (CH3)2NH. 1
30.
1

111
(i) Aniline to bromobenzene

1
1
1

OR
(iv) 1-Bromopentane is most reactive towards SN2 reaction.

SECTION D
31. a). Amino acids have amino (−NH2) group, basic in nature and accepts a 1
proton and COOH group loses a proton
b) peptide bond is a chemical bond formed between two molecules when the 1
carboxyl group of one molecule reacts with the amino acid group of the other
molecule 1
c) i) leucine, lysine(or any other example)
1
ii) The primary structure is comprised of a linear chain of amino acids.

The secondary structure contains regions of amino acid chains that are
stabilized by hydrogen bonds from the polypeptide backbone. These hydrogen
bonds create alpha-helix and beta-pleated sheets of the secondary structure.

OR 1
i) The process is Denaturation.
Denaturation involves the breaking of many of the weak linkages, or bonds 1
(e.g., hydrogen bonds), within a protein molecule that are responsible for the
highly ordered structure of the protein in its natural (native) state.
ii) Peptide bond

32. a) 0.061/17.5= 0.00348 1


b) It is directly proportional. As amount of solute increase lowering also 1
increase. 1
c) i) Relative lowering of v.p 1
ii) Raoult’s law states that a solvent’s partial vapour pressure in a solution
is equal or the same as the vapour pressure of the pure solvent multiplied by
its mole fraction in the solution.
Psolution=P0X A+P0X B
OR 1
i) If the A-B interactions in solutions are weaker than the A-A and B-B
interactions in the two liquids that make up the solution, then A and B
kinds of molecules have a higher tendency to escape from the solution 1
than from pure liquids.
ii) The A-B interactions in such solutions are stronger than the A-A and B-B
interactions in the two liquids that make up the solution. Because of the
112
greater A-B interactions, A and B types of molecules have a lower
tendency to escape from solutions than pure liquids

SECTION E
33. a)Concentration = 0.001 mol L-1

1
b) It is a device which converts chemical energy into electrical energy i.e.,
produced as a result of redox reaction taking place in the electrolyte.
1
The reaction gets reversed and it becomes non-spontaneous. It starts acting as
an electrolytic cell.
OR
1
a) The molar conductivity of a solution at infinite dilution is called limiting
molar conductivity and is represented by the symbol Λ∘m
1
There is steep rise in the molar conductivity of weak electrolyte on dilution
because as the concentration of the weak electrolyte is reduced, more of it
ionizes and thus increase in the number of ions in the solution.

34. (i) Two molecules of aldehyde and ketones containing a-hydrogen atom react 1
in the presence of
aqueous alkali giving product known as Aldol.

113
1

1+1+
OR 1+1+
1

35. i) Copper has positive E0M2+/M value because the sum of enthalpies of 1
sublimation and ionization is not balanced by hydration enthalpy.
(ii) Cerium shows +4 oxidation state because it acquires stable empty orbital
configuration and therefore Ce+4 is also used as a good analytical reagent and 1
good oxidising agent.

(b) (i) The highest oxidation state shown in oxoanions of transition metals
1
is Cr2O72- (Cr shows +6) and it is due to the ability of oxygen to form multiple
1
bonds with the metal atoms.
(ii) HCl is not used to the acidify KMnO4 solution because KMnO4 is a very
1
strong oxidizing agent and it can oxidize HCl to liberate chlorine gas.
(iii) In transition elements, there are large number of unpaired electrons in
their atoms, thus they have a stronger inter atomic interaction and thereby
stronger bonding between the atoms. Due to this they have high enthalpies of
atomization.

BLUE PRINT

Name of unit Objective SA (2) SA (3) CASE LA (5) TOTA L


(1) BASED

114
(4)
Solutions 1(3) 1(4) 2 (7 )
Electrochemistry 2(2) 1(2) 1(5) 3 (9 )
Chemical 3(3) 2(4) 5 (7 )
Kinetics
D And F 2(2) 1(5) 3 (7 )
Elements
Coordination 2(2) 1(2) 1(3) 4 (7 )
Compounds
Haloalkanes And 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 3 (6 )
Haloarenes
Alcohols, 3(3) 1(3) 4 (6 )
Phenols And
Ethers
Aldehydes, 1(1) 1(2) 1(5) 3 (8 )
Ketones And
Carboxylic Acids
Amines 3(3) 1(3) 4 (6 )
Biomolecules 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) 3 (7 )
TOTA L 1 8 (1 8 ) 7 (1 4 ) 5 (1 5 ) 2 (8 ) 3 (1 5 ) 3 5 (7 0 )

115
SET-3
CHEMISTRY THEORY
MOD EL Q UESTION PA PER
CLA SS-X II

MM:7 0 Tim e: 3
h o u rs
G en eral In stru ctio n s:
Read th e fo llo w in g in stru ctio n s carefu lly.
a) There are 3 5 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
1 . The rate of a first order reaction is 0.10 mol/L/s at 10 seconds and . mol/L/s at
20 seconds
after initiation of the reaction. The half Life period of the reaction is
(a) . s ( b) . s ( c) . s ( d) . s
2. which one of the following ions is the most stable in aqueous solution ?
(a) Mn2+
(b) Cr3+
( c) V3+
( d)Ti3+
3. Titration of KMnO4 vs Oxalic acid is carried out in presence of H2SO4 ,the titration
gives unsatisfactory results when carried out in the presence of HCl ,because HCl
(a) reduces permanganate ion to Mn2+
(b) oxidizes oxalic acid to CO2 and water.
(c) gets oxidised by KMnO4 to chlorine
(d) gives H+ iron in addition to those from oxalic acid
4. Arrange the following in decreasing order of acidic character:

116
(a) IV > III > I > II
(b) II > IV > I > III
(c) I > II > III > IV
(d) III > I > II > IV
5. In the lead storage battery during charging ,the cathode reaction is
(a) Formation of PbO2
(b) Formation of PbSO4
(c) Reduction of Pb2+ to Pb
(d) Decomposition of Pb at the anode
6. Which product is formed when glucose is treated with Con HNO3.
(a) n-Hexane (b) Gluconic acid (c) saccharic acid (d) Acetaldehyde
7. Which of the following condition is not satisfied by an ideal solution?
(a) ΔHmixing = 0
(b) ΔVmixing = 0
(c) Raoult’s Law is obeyed
(d) Formation of an azeotropic mixture
8. What is the correct order of reactivity of alcohols in the following reaction?

(a) 1° > 2° > 3°


(b) P < 2° > 3°
(c) 3° > 2° > 1°
(d) 3° > 1° > 2°
9. Molar conductivity of 0.15 M solution of KCl at 298 K, if its conductivity of 0.0152 S
cm-1 will be
(a) 124 Ω-1 cm² mol-1
(b) 204 Ω-1 cm² mol-1
(c) 101 Ω-1 cm² mol-1
(d) 300 Ω-1 cm² mol-1
10. How much electricity in in terms of Faraday is required to produce 100 g of Ca
from molten CaCl2?
(a) F
(b) F
117
(c) F
(d) F
.Equilibrium constant K is related to E0cell and not Ecell because
(a) E0cell is easier to measure than Ecell
(b) Ecell becomes zero at equilibrium point but E0cell remains constant under all
conditions
(c) at a given temperature, Ecell changes hence value of K can’t be measured.
(d) any of the terms Ecell or E0cell can be used
.Which of the following amides will give ethylamine on reaction with sodium
hypobromide?
(a) Butanamide
(b) Propanamide
(c) Acetamide
(d)Benzamide
13. The correct order of increasing acidic strength is
(a) Phenol < Ethanol < Chloroacetic acid < Acetic acid
(b) Ethanol < Phenol < Chloroacetic acid < Acetic acid
(c) Ethanol < Phenol <Acetic acid < Chloroacetic acid
(d) Chloroacetic acid < Acetic acid < Phenol < Ethanol
14.Osmotic pressure is propotional to
(a) Molality
(b) Molariy
(c) Mole fraction
(d) Vapour pressure
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n (A ): For complex reaction the order of overall reaction is equal to the
molecularity of
the slowest step of the reaction.
Reaso n (R): The overall rate of the complex reaction is controlled by the slowest step
of the reaction
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

118
A ssertio n -Compounds containing —CHO group are easily oxidised to corresponding
carboxylic acids.
Reaso n : Carboxylic acids can be reduced to alcohols by treatment with LiAlH ..
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n -Tetrahedral complex will not show any geometrical isomerism.
Reaso n -The relative positions of unidentate ligands attached to Central metal ion are
same with respect to each other.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
A ssertio n : The α- H atom in carbonyl compounds is less acidic
Reaso n : The anion formed after the loss of α - H atom is resonance hybridized
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
Th is sectio n co n tain s 7 q u estio n s w ith in tern al ch o ice in tw o q u estio n s. Th e fo llo w in g
q u estio n s are very sh o rt an sw er typ e an d carry 2 m arks each
19. Differentiate between
(i) Nucleotides and nucleosides
(ii) Peptide and glycosidic linkage
20. For a first order reaction show that time required for 99% completion is twice the
time required for the completion of 90% of reaction.
OR
A reaction is first order with respect to A & second order with respect to B
(i)How is the rate affected on increasing Concentration of B three times.

119
(ii)How is the rate affected when concentration of A is reduced to half & that of B
is doubled.
21 arrange the following as the properties indicated against it
( i) C2H5NH2, ( C2H5)2 NH , NH3, C6H5NH2( Decreasing order of basic strength)
( ii) C2H5OH,( CH3)2 NH, C2H5NH2(Increasing order of boiling point)

OR
Account for the following
(i)Gabriel phthalimide is not the suitable method for preparation of primary
aromatic amines.
(ii)Aromatic amines are insoluble in water
.(i) Draw optical isomers of [ Pt(en)2Cl2]2+.
(ii) Write IUPAC name of ionisation isomer of [ Co( NH3)5Br]SO4
23 (i) Mention the condition when Raoult’s law becomes special case of Henry’s law
(ii) At the same temperature, H is more soluble in water than He, which of them
will have higher KH value and why?
24 Name the suitable reagent to carry out the following conversions
(i) Oxidation of primary alcohol to aldehyde
(ii) Phenol to picric acid
.Write Equation involved in
(i) Wurtz Fittig Reaction
(ii)Friedal Craft Acylation

SECTION C
Th is sectio n co n tain s 5 q u estio n s w ith in tern al ch o ice in tw o q u estio n s. Th e fo llo w in g
q u estio n s are sh o rt an sw er typ e an d carry 3 m arks each .
26 .(a) Give the major products formed when
(i) CH3CH2CH( CH3)CH2OCH2CH3 reacts with HI
(ii) (CH3)3CBr reactsNaOCH3
(iii) Phenol reacts with Bromine water
27. Identify A,B, C in the following reaction
(i) CH3CH2Cl A B C
(ii) C6H5N2Cl A B C
28. In a reaction between A and B the initial rate of reaction (r0) was measured for
different initial concentrations of A and B as Given below

A/molL 0.20 0.20 0.40


B/mol L 0.30 0.10 0.05

120
r0/mol L . x -5 . x -5 . x -4

What is the order of reaction with respect to A & B?


29. Give reasons for an y 3 of the following observations
(a) SN1 reactions of optically active alkyl halides,are accompanied by
recemisation.
(b) RX with KCN gives cyanides but with AgCN forms isocyanides.
(c) Haloarenes are less reactive towards SN reactions.
(d) Grignard reagents are prepared under anhydrous conditions.
30. The Vapour pressure of water at ºC is 17.5 mm Hg. Calculate the vapour
pressure of water at ºC when 15 g of glucose (Molar mass = 180 g mol-1) is
dissolved in 150 g of water.
OR
The boiling point of benzene is 353.23 K. when . g of a non volatile solute was
dissolved in 90 g of benzene , the b. p. is raised to 354.11 K. Calculate the molar
mass of solute. ( Kb= . KKg/mol)

SECTION D
Th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s are case-b ased q u estio n s. Each q u estio n h as an in tern al
ch o ice an d carries 4 (1 + 1 + 2 ) m arks each . Read th e p assag e carefu lly an d an sw er th e
q u estio n s th at fo llo w s
31. It has been observed that certain organic compounds are required in small
amounts in our diet but the deficiency causes specific diseases this compounds
are called vitamins most of the vitamins cannot be synthesized in our body but
plants can synthesize almost all of them. On the basis of their solubility they are
classified into different groups accessive of medicine is also harmful and vitamin
pills should be should not be taken without the advice of doctor. Each one of us
should be aware of the sources of vitamin and the diseases caused by their
deficiency.
(a) The deficiency of which vitamin causes pernicious anaemia?
(b) Name the two diseases caused by the deficiency of vitamin D
(c) Name one water soluble vitamin the deficiency of which causes scurvy. Why
it should be taken in diet daily.
OR
Name two fat soluble vitamins and one deficiency diseases of each

121
32. Below is the table given showing complexes formed from Cobalt(III) chloride and
ammonia by Alfred Werner. Observe the table carefullyand answer the questions
that follow

Compound Colour Moles of AgCl Total no. of ions


formed from 1 mol produced
of compound
(A)CoCl3. NH3 Violet 1 2
(B)CoCl3. NH3 Rose 2 3
( C) CoCl3. NH3 Blue green 0 0

(a) Write the formula of Compound B


(b) What is the primary and secondary valences of cobalt in compound A
(c) Draw geometrical isomers of compound A
OR
Draw geometrical isomers of compound.C

SECTION E
Th e fo llo w in g q u estio n s are lo n g an sw er typ e an d carry 5 m arks each . Tw o q u estio n s
h ave an in tern al ch o ice.
33. (a).Define conductivity and molar conductivity for the solution of an electrolyte .
Discuss their variation with change in temperature.
(b) Calculate Δr G0 and kc for the following reaction at 298 K
2 Cr (s) + 3 Cd 2+   Cr3+ + 3 Cd (s)
[ Given; E0cell = +0.34 v , F = 96500 C mol-1
OR
(a) What are fuel cells? Give its one advantage & two substances other than
Hydrogen which can be used as fuel.
(b) Three electrolytic cells A,B ,C containing solutions of ZnSO4, AgNO3 and CuSO4
respectively are connected in series. A steady current of 1.5 ampere was passed
through them until 1.45 g of silver deposited at the cathode of cell B. How long
did the current flow? What mass of copper & zinc were deposited?
34. (a) Give a chemical test to distinguish between
(i)Acetaldehyde & Acetone
(ii)Benzaldehyde & Formaldehyde
(b) How will you carry out the following conversions
(i)Propanone to Propan-2-ol

122
(ii Ethanal to 2- Hydroxy propanoic acid
iii) Ethyl benzene to Benzoic acid

OR
(a) Write the product of the following reactions
i) CH3COCH3
(ii) C6H5COOH
(iii) C6H5COCl + H2
(b) Which Acid of each pair shown here would you expect stronger & why
(i)FCH2COOH Or ClCH2COOH
(ii) C6H5OH Or CH3COOH
35. (a)Explain the following trends in the properties of the transition elements:
i) Eo(M2+/M) value for Cu is + . V while that of Zn is -0.76 V
(ii)Chromium is typically hard metal while mercury is a liquid .
(b) Complete and balance the following equation
(i) MnO42- + H+ 
(ii) Fe2+ + S2O82- 
(iii) Cr2O72- + Fe2+ + H+ 

Markin g sch em e
Q.No Answer Marks
1 D 1
2 B 1
3 C 1
4 D 1
5 A 1
6 C 1
7 D 1
8 C 1
9 C 1
10 D 1
11 B 1
12 B 1
13 C 1
14 B 1
15 A 1
123
16 B 1
17 A 1
18 D 1
19 (i) Nucleotide = Nitogenous base + pentose sugar + phosphoric ½+1/2
acid
Nucleoside = Nitogenous base + pentose sugar
½+1/2
(ii) Peptide = Amide linkage between amino acids of protein
Glycosidic linkage = linkage b/w two monosaccharides units
through O atom
20 (i)Proving 2
OR
(i)R1 = k [A] [B]2 R2 = k [A] [ B]2
1
R2 = K[A] [B]2 x
R1 K[A] [B]2
R2 = xR1 9 times

(ii)R1 = K[A][B]2 1
R2 =K[A] [B]2
=½ x 4
R2=2 R1 times
21 (a)(C2H5)2NH>C2H5NH2>NH3.C6H5NH2 1
(b)(CH3)2NH<C2H5NH2<C2H5OH 1
OR
(i)The aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution with 1
the anion formed by phthalimide
1
(ii)Due to larger hydrophobic part of aromatic ring.
22 (i) Correct cis + Correct Trans structure ½+1/2
(ii) Ionisation isomer [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br-
pentaamminesulphatocobalt(III) bromide 1

23 (i) One of the component should be so volatile that it acts as gas 1


(ii) He, higher the KH ,lower the solubility ½+1/2
24 (i) PCC 1
(ii) Con. HNO 1
25 (i)C6H5 Cl + Na+ CH3Cl C6H5CH3+ NaCl 1
(ii)C6H6 + CH3COCl C6H5COCH3+ HCl
1
26 ( i)CH3CH2I + CH3CH2CH( CH3) CH2OH 1
124
( ii)( CH3)2C=CH2+ CH3OH+ NaBr 1
( iii) 2,4,6- Tri bromo phenol 1
27 (i)A=CH3CH2CN,B=CH3CH3CH2NH2 ,C=CH3CH2CH2NHCOCH3 1 1/2
(ii)A=C6H5N2BF4, B=C6H5NO2, C=C6H5NH2 1 1/2
28 L et order of reaction wrt A is x & wrt B is y ½
R1=K [A]x.[B]y
R1= K( . )x .(0.03)y= . x ‐5 ½

R2=K( . )x .(0.10)y= . x ‐5

R3=K( . )x.(0.05)y= . x ‐5
½
R2=( . )y =1
R1 ( . )y
So Y=
R3= (0.40)x.(0.05)y= . x ‐5
½
(0.20)x.(0.10)y . x ‐5

Since y=
Taking log on both sides
Xlog = log .
X=log . / log
1
=1.5
Order wrt A =1.5
Order wrt B=
29 ( a) The carbocation formed in the slow step is SP2 hybridised 1
planner the attack of nucleophile maybe accomplished from
either side of the plane of the carbocation.
1
(b) KCN is ionic but AgCN is covalent hence only N is available for
bonding and isocyanides form.
( c) Due to partial double bond characters in C-X bond ,
substitution of ‒X is difficult 1
(d)It reacts with traces of water even and forms alkanes
30 (P0-P)/P0 = XB ½
Calculation 1+1/2
Answer. . mmHg 1
OR
Tb = Kb. W x /M . W 1
M = . x . x /. x 1
= 58 g/mol 1

125
31 a) B 1
b) RicketS,Osteomalasia 1
c) VitaninC, Because it is secreted in urine 2
OR
C) A,D, Night Blindness, Rickets
32 a)[ Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2 1
b) pri= 3 , Sec= 6 1
c)A = cis[Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl, trans[Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl (Draw Struc.) 1+1

OR
C = fac-[Co(NH3)3Cl3] , mer--[Co(NH3)3Cl3] (Draw Struc.) 1+1
33 Correct defitions(each) 1
Correct Variations(each)
(b) Δ G= ‒nFE0 1

cell , n=
1
=- x x .
=- J/mol or- . kJ/mol
1
E0cell = 0.059 /nxlogkc
Log kc = . x /0.059
=34.5762
Kc= (anti) 34.5762 1

= 3.767 x 34

OR
1+1
(a) Galvanic cells designed to convert the energy of combustion of
fuels into electrical energy Pollution free/ High Efficiency
CH4 , CH3OH 1
(b) 108 g Ag is deposited by = C
1.45 g is deposited by =96500 x 1.45/108 1
= . C
Q=Ixt
1
1295.6 = 1.5 x t
t= s
2x c deposits Zn = . g
. c deposits zn = 65.3 x 1295.6/2 x
= . g
2x c deposits Cu= . g
. c deposits Cu = 63.5 x 1295.6/2 x
126
=0.426 g
34 a)(i)Acetaldehyde gives Tollen/Fehling test,Acetone does not. 1
(ii) Formaldehyde gives Fehling’s test, Benzaldehyde does not (or
any other 1

test )
1
(b)(i)CH3COCH3 + H2 CH3CHOHCH3
1
ii)CH3CHO+ HCN CH3CH(OH)CN CH3CHOHCOOH (Complete)
1
(iii)C6H5C2H5 C6H5COOH
OR
(a) (I) CH3CH2CH3(Clemmensen Reduction) 1
(ii) m‐Bromo benzoic acid(Electrophilic Substitution) 1
(iii)C6H5CHO(Rosenmund Reaction)
(b) (i)FCH2COOH , high electronegativity of F increases polarity of 1
O‐H bond
(ii)CH3COOH, Acetate ion is more stable anion than phenoxide 1
ion due to negative charge on more electronegative O atoms in
1
resonance.
35 a)(i)Has high enthalpy of sublimation and which is not balanced 1
by low enthalpy of hydration
(ii) Max. unpaired e in d subshell which participate in metallic 1

bonding, While Hg has completely filled d subshell


1
(b)(i) MnO42- + 4 H+  MnO4-+MnO2 + H2O
1
(iii) Fe2+ + S2O8 2-  Fe3+ + SO42-
1
(iii) Cr2O72‐ + H+ + Fe2+  Cr3+ + Fe3++ H2O

BLUE PRINT
S.N Name of Chapter Objective Very Short Case Long Total
Type Q short answer Based Answer marks
(1) answer Q(3) Q.(4) Q(5)
Q(2)

1 Solution 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7


2 Electrochemistry 4(1) 1(5) 9
3 Chemical kinetics 2(1) 1(2) 1(3) 7
4 D &f block elements 2(1) 1(5) 7
5 Coordination Compd. 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) 7
6 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6
127
Haloalkanes &
Haloarenes

7 Alcohols. Phenols, 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6


Ethers

8 Aldehyde, 3(1) 1(5) 8


ketone,carboxylic acid

9 Amines 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 6


10 Biomolecules 1(1) 1(2) 1(4) 7
Total 18(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 35(70)

128
SET-4
MOD A L Q UESTION PA PERS
Class X II 2 0 2 2 -2 3
Ch em istry (0 4 3 )
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
G en eral In stru ctio n s:
1. There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
2. SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
3. SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks
each.
4. SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
5. SECTION D consists of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
6. SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
7. All questions are compulsory.
8. Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed.

SECTION-A
1. In reaction A → B , the rate of reaction is doubled on increasing the
concentration of the reactants four times. The order of the reaction is
:
(a) ½
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) Zero
2. Which of the following statement is not correct about order of a reaction?
(a) The order of a reaction can be a fractional number.
(b) Order of a reaction is experimentally determined quantity.
(c) The order of a reaction is always equal to the sum of the stoichiometric coefficients of
reactants in the balanced chemical equation for a reaction.
(d) The order of a reaction is the sum of the powers of molar concentration of the reactants
in the rate law expression.
3. The minimum amount of energy required by the reacting molecules at the time of collisions in
order to produce effective collisions is called
(a) Threshold energy (b) Potential energy
(c) Internal energy (d) Activation energy
4. Which of the following does not reduce Fehling’s solution?
(a) CH3CHO (b) HCHO
(c) CH3COOH (d) HCOOH
5. Metallic radii of some transition elements are given below:

Element Fe Co Ni Cu

129
Metallic radii/pm 126 125 125 128
Which of these elements will have highest density ?
(a) Cu (b) Fe
(c) Ni (d) Co
6. Williamson’s synthesis of preparing dimethyl ether is an :
(a) SN2 reaction
(b) SN1 reaction
(c) Elimination reaction
(d) Nucleophilic addition reaction
7. The reaction between RNH2 + CHCl3 + KOH (alc.) is known as:
(a) Coupling reaction (b) Carbylamine reaction
(c) Hoffmann bromamide reaction (d) Schmidt reaction
8. Long time nitration of phenol with mixture of conc. HNO3 and
concentrated H2SO4 gives:
(a) picric acid (b) o -nitrophenol
(c) nitrobenzene (d) p –nitrophenol
9. Amine that cannot be prepared by Gabricl-Phthalmidie synthesis is
(a) aniline (b) benzyl amine
(c) methyl amine (d) iso-butylamine
10. Which is the example of hexadentate ligand
(a) 2, 2—dipyridyl (b) Dimethyl glyoxime
(c) Aminodiacetate ion (d) Ethylene diammine tetra acetate ion
11. The co-ordination number of cobalt in the complex [Co(en)2 Br2 ]Cl2 is
(a) 2 (b) 6
(c) 5 (d) 4
12. An electrochemical cell can behave like an electrolytic cell when
(a) Ecell=0
(b) Ecell > Eext
(c) Ecell < Eext
(d) Ecell = Eext
13. When benzaldehyde and formaldehyde are heated in an aqueous NaOH solution,
they produce
(a) sodium formate + benzyl alcohol
(b) methanol + sodium benzoate
(c) Methanol + benzyl alcohol
(d) sodium formate + sodium benzoate
14. Which of the following compounds will have highest melting point?
(a) Chlorobenzene
(b) o-Dichlorobenzene
(c) m-Dichlorobenzene
(d) p-Dichlorobenzene

130
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : In Lucas test, 3º alcohols react immediately.
Reason : An equimolar mixture of anhyd. ZnCl2 and conc. HCl is called Lucas reagent.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
Reason : –NH2 group of aniline reacts with AlCl3 (Lewis acid) to give acid-base reaction.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Proteins are found to have two different types of secondary structures viz
alpha-helix and beta-pleated sheet structure.
Reason (R): The secondary structure of proteins is stabilized by hydrogen bonding.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Separation of Zr and Hf is difficult.
Reason (R): Because Zr and Hf lie in the same group of the periodic table.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. Define conductivity and molar conductivity for the solution of an electrolyte. Discuss their
Variation with change in temperature.
20. Rate constant k for a first order reaction has been found to be 2.54 × 10-3 sec-1. Calculate its
3/4th life, (log 4 = 0.6020).

131
21. For a chemical reaction R → P, the variation in the f concentration (R) vs. time (t) plot is
given as
(i) Predict the order of the reaction.
(ii) What is the slope of the curve?

22. Explain why [Co(NH3)6]3+ is an inner orbital complex whereas [Ni(NH3)6]2+ is an outer orbital
complex. (At. no. Co = 27, Ni = 28)
23. Explain why :
(a) The dipole moment of chlorobenzene is lower than that of cyclohexyl chloride.
(b) Alkyl halides, though polar, are immiscible with water.
OR
(a) Give the IUPAC name of the following compound :

(b) What is a racemic mixture? Give an example


24. Predict the products of the following reactions : (attempt any two)

25. Write any two reactions of glucose which cannot be explained by the open chain structure of
glucose molecule.
OR
State that what are known as nucleosides and nucleotides.

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. Following compounds are given to you:
2-Bromopentane, 2-Bromo-2-methylbutane, 1-Bromopentane
(i) Write the compound which is most reactive towards SN2 reaction.
(ii) Write the compound which is optically active.
(iii) Write the compound which is most reactive towards β – elimination reaction.
OR
132
(a) Give chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds :
(i) Benzyl chloride and Chlorobenzene
(ii) Chloroform and Carbon tetrachloride
(b) Chloroform is stored in closed dark brown bottles. Give reason.
27. (a) Give an example of linkage isomerism.
(b) Write down the formula of :Tetraamineaquachloridocobalt(III) chloride.
(c) Low spin octahedral complexes of nickel are not known.Give reason.
28. A 5% solution (by mass) of cane sugar in water has freezing point of 271 K. Calculate the
freezing point of 5% glucose in water if freezing point of pure water is 273.15K.
29. Write the mechanism of acid dehydration of ethanol to yield ethene.
OR
How are the following conversions carried out?
(i) Propene to Propan-2-ol
(ii) Ethylmagnesium chloride to Propan-l-ol
(iii) Propan-2-ol to propanone
30. (a) Name the products of hydrolysis of lactose
(b) Write down the structures and names of the products formed when D-glucose is treated
with
(i) Hydroxylamine
(ii) Acetic anhydride.

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+1+1) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31. Amines constitute an important class of organic compounds derived by
replacing one or morehydrogen atoms of ammonia molecule by alkyl/aryl
groups. Amines are usually formed from nitro compounds, halides,
amides, etc. They exhibit hydrogen bonding which influences their
physical properties. Alkyl amines are found to be stronger bases than
ammonia. In aromatic amines, electron releasing and withdrawing
groups, respectively increase and decrease their basic character.
Reactions of amines are governed by availability of the unshared pair or
electrons on nitrogen. Influence of the number of hydrogen atoms at
nitrogen atom on the type of reactions and nature of products is
responsible for identification and distinction between primary,
secondary and tertiary amines. Reactivity of aromatic amines can be
controlled by acetylation process.
In the context of given passage, answer the following questions :
(i) Why does aniline not give Friedel-Crafts reaction?
(ii) Arrange the following compounds in an increasing order of basic strengths
in their aqueous solutions : NH3, CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3N
133
(iii) How can you distinguish between CH3CH2NH2 and (CH3CH2)2 NH by
Hinsberg test?
(iv) Ethylamine is soluble in water whereas aniline is not soluble in water.
OR
Primary amines have higher boiling points than tertiary amines.
32. When a solution does not obey Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration,
then it is called non-ideal solution. The vapour pressure of such a solution is either
higher or lower than that predicted by Raoult’s law). If it is higher, the solution
exhibits positive deviation and if it is lower, it exhibits negative deviation from
Raoult’s law. The cause for these deviations lies in the nature of interactions at the
molecular level. In case of positive deviation from Raoult’s law, A-B interactions
are weaker than those between A-A or B-B, i.e., in this case the intermolecular
attractive forces between the solute-solvent molecules are weaker than those
between the solute-solute and solvent-solvent molecules. This will increase the
vapour pressure and result in positive deviation. Due to weakening of interactions,
the solution shows positive deviation from Raoult’s law. In case of negative
deviations from Raoult’s law, the intermolecular attractive force between A-A and
B-B are weaker than those between A-B and leads to decrease in vapour pressure
resulting in negative deviations.

(a) On mixing liquid X and liquid Y, volume of the resulting solution decreases.
What type of deviation from Raoult’s law is shown by the resulting solution?
What change in temperature would you observe after mixing liquids X and Y?
(b) What type of deviation is shown by a mixture of ethanol and acetone? Give
reason.
(c) How is the vapour pressure of a solvent affected when a non-volatile solute is
dissolved in it? (d) Give one example of non-ideal solution showing negative
deviation?
OR
State Raoult’s law for the solution containing volatile components.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have
an internal choice.
33. Conductivity of 0.00241 M acetic acid is 7.896 x 10-5 S cm-1. Calculate its molar
conductivity. If Λm0, for acetic acid is 390.5 Scm2mol-1, what is its dissociation
constant?

134
34. (a) Complete the following chemical reaction equations :
(i) Fe2+(aq) + MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) →
(ii) Cr2O72-(aq) + I‒(aq) +H+(aq) →
(b) Explain the following observations :
(i) Transition elements are known to form many interstitial compounds.
(ii) With the same d4 d-orbital configuration Cr2+ ion is reducing while Mn3+ ion is
oxidizing.
(iii) The enthalpies of atomization of the transition elements are quite high.
OR
(a) What is meant by the term lanthanoid contraction? What consequences
does it have?
(b) Explain the following observations:
(i) Cu+ ion is unstable in aqueous solutions.
(ii) Although Co2+ ion appears to be stable, it is easily oxidised to Co3+ ion in
the presence of a strong ligand.
(iii) The E°Mn2+/Mn value for manganese is much more than expected from
the trend for other elements in the series.
3 5 . (a) Give reasons :
(i) CH3—CHO is more reactive than CH3COCH3 towards HCN.
(ii) 4-nitrobenzoic acid is more acidic than benzoic acid.
(b) Describe the following:
(i) Acetylation (ii) Cannizzaro reaction (iii) Cross aldol condensation
OR
(a) Write structures of A, B, C and D in the following reaction sequence:

(b) Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their boiling
points :
CH3CHO, CH3CH2OH, CH3OCH3, CH3COOH.

MA RKING SCHEME SECTION A


Q. No. 1 to 18 each correct answer 1 mark

1. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c)


2. (c) 5. (a)

135
6. (a) 10. (d) 14. (d)
7. (b) 11. (b) 15. (b)
8. (a) 12. (c) 16. (a)
9. (a) 13. (a) 17. (b)
18. (b)

SECTION B
19. Co n d u ctivity: Conductivity of a solution is defined as the conductance of a
solution of 1 cm length and having 1 sq. cm as the area of cross-section.
1/2
Mo lar co n d u ctivity : Molar conductivity of a solution at a dilution V is the
conductance of all the ions produced from one mole of the electrolyte dissolved
in V cm3 of the solution when the electrodes are 1 cm apart and the area of the
electrodes is so large that the whole of the solution is contained between them.
It is represented by Λm. 1
Conductivity and molar conductivity of electrolytes increase with increasing
temperature. /
20. For first order reaction: (1/2+1+1/2)

21. (i) It is zero order reaction. 1


(ii) Slope of the curve = -K 1
22. In [Co(NH3)6]3+, the d-electrons of Co3+ ([Ar] d6 45°) get paired leaving behind two
empty d-orbital and undergo d2sp3 hybridization and hence inner orbital
complex, 1
while in [Ni(NH3)6]2+ the d-electrons of Ni2+ ([Ar] d8 45°) do not pair up and use
outer d subshell hence outer orbital complex.
1
23. (a) Chlorobenzene has lower dipole moment than cyclohexyl chloride due to
lower magnitude of -ve charge on the Cl atom and shorter C ‒ Cl distance. Due
to greater S-character, a sp2-hybrid carbon is more electronegative than a sp -
hybrid carbon. Therefore, the sp2-hybrid carbon of C ‒ Cl bond in chlorobenzene
has less tendency to release electrons to Cl than a sp3 hybrid carbon of
cyclohexyl chloride. 1

136
(b) Alkyl halides and polar molecules are held together by dipole-dipole interaction.
The molecules of H2O are held together by H- bonds. Since the new forces of
attraction between water and alkyl halide molecules are weaker than the forces
of attraction already existing between alkyl halide-alkyl halide molecules and
water-water molecules, therefore alkyl halides are immiscible (not soluble) with
water. 1
OR
(a) IUPAC name : 3 Bromo-2-methyl propene. (1+1)
(b) A mixture which contains the equal proportions of two enantiomers of a
compound in equal proportions is called racemic mixture
Example : (±) butan-2-ol
24. A n sw er an y tw o : (1+1)

25. .Despite having the aldehyde group, glucose does not give 2, 4-DNP test or
Schiff’s test.
2; It does not form the hydrogen sulphite addition product with NaHSO3.
3. The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine indicating the
absence of free ‒ CHO group. (any two right
answer) (1+1)
OR

137
Nucleoside : A nucleoside contains only two basic components of nucleic acids i.e.
a pentose sugar and a nitrogenous base.
Nucleotides : A nucleotide contains all the three basic components of nucleic
acids, i.e. a phosphoric acid group, a pentose sugar and a nitrogenous base.
(1+1)

SECTION C
26. (i) 1-Bromopentane is most reactive towards SN2 reaction. 1
(ii) 2-Bromopentane is optically active. 1
(iii) 2-Bromo-2-methylbutane is most reactive towards β -elimination reaction.
1
OR
(a) (i) (2+1)

But chlorobenzene does not undergo hydrolysis under these mild conditions to
give phenol and KCl.
(ii) Chloroform and Carbon tetrachloride
By Carbylamine test: CCl4 does not give this reaction but chloroform gives this
reaction and produces offensive smell of phenyl isocyanide.

(b) CHCl3 is stored in dark coloured bottles to cut off light because CHCl3is
slowly oxidised by air in presence of light to form an extremely poisonous gas,
carbonyl chloride, popularly known as phosgene.
27. (a) correct example. (1+1+1)
(b) [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2
(c) Nickel does not form low spin octahedral complexes because ʻNi’ has
electronic configuration d8 s2, in which two inner d-orbitals are not
available which are required to form d2sp3 hybridization.
28. It is given that freezing point of pure water is 273.15 K.
So, elevation of freezing point = 273.15 - 271 = 2.15 K 1/2
% solution means 5 g solute in 95 g of water.
Moles of cane sugar :

138
Molality :

1/2
We also know that -

½
OR
Now we will use the above procedure for glucose.
5% of glucose means 5 g of gluocse in 95 g of H2O.
Moles of glucose :

Thus molality :

1/2
So, we can find the elevation in freezing point:

1/2
Thus freezing point of glucose solution is 273.15 - 4.09 = 269.06 K.
1/2
29. The mechanism of dehydration of ethanol involves the following steps : (1 mark
for each step)
Step 1 : Formation of protonated alcohol

OR

139
(i) Propene to propan-2-ol

(ii) Ethylmagnesium chloride to propan-1-ol

(iii)

(1+1+1)
30. (a)

1
(b) (i) D-glucose reacts with hydroxylamine to form oxime.

1
(ii) D-glucose reacts with acetic anhydride to give penta-acetate.

SECTION D
31. (i) Aniline being a Lewis base reacts with Lewis acid AlCl3 to form a salt.
1

As a result, N of aniline acquires positive charge and hence it acts as a strong


deactivating group for electrophilic substitution reaction. Consequently, aniline

140
does not undergo Freidel Craft reaction.
(ii) Basicity order (due to stability of ammonium cation)
1
(CH3)2 NH > CH3NH2 > (CH3)3 N > NH3
(iii) Correct method 1
(iv) Ethylamine is soluble in water due to its capability to form H-bonds with
water while aniline is insoluble in water due to larger hydrocarbon part which
tends to retard the formation of H-bonds.
1
OR
Due to presence of two H-atoms on N-atom of primary amines, they undergo
extensive intermolecular H-bonding while tertiary amines due to the absence of
a H-atom on the N-atom, do not undergo H- bonding. As a result, primary amines
have higher boiling points than 3° amines.
1
32. (a) Volume decreases by mixing X and Y. It shows negative deviations from
Raoult’s law. There will be rise in temperature. (∆Hmix < 0)
(b) positive deviation with correct reason.
1
(c) The vapour pressure of a solvent decreases when a non-volatile solute is
dissolved in it because some solvent molecules are replaced by the molecules of
solute. 1
(d) Correct example OR Correct Law. 1

SECTION E
33.

(2+1.5+ 1.5)
34. (a) Fe2+(aq) + MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) → Mn2+ + H2O + Fe3+ 1
(ii) Cr2O72-(aq) + I‒(aq) +H+(aq) → Cr3+ + H2O + I2 1

141
(b) (i) The transition metals form a large number of interstitial compounds in
which small atoms such as hydrogen, carbon, boron and nitrogen occupy the
empty spaces in the crystal lattices of transition metals.
1
(ii) Cr2+ has the configuration d4 which easily changes to d3 due to stable half filled
t2g orbitals. Therefore Cr2+ is reducing agent. While Mn2+ has stable half filled
d5 configuration. Hence Mn3+ easily changes to Mn2+ and acts as oxidising agent.
1
(iii) Enthalpy of atomization is the amount of heat required to break the metal lattice
to get free atoms. As transition metals contain a large number of unpaired
electrons, they have strong interatomic attractions (metallic bonds). Hence they
have high enthalpies of atomization. 1
OR
(a) Lanthanoid contraction : The overall decrease in atomic and ionic radii with
increasing atomic number is known as lanthanoid contraction.
1
Consequences : (any one) 1
(i) Due to small change in atomic radii, the chemical properties of lanthanoids
are very similar due to which separation of lanthanoids becomes very difficult.
(ii) There is similarity in size of elements belonging to same group of second and
third transition series.
Example: Zr and Hf are known as chemical twins due to their similar radii.
(b) (i) Cu2+(aq) is much more stable than Cu+(aq). This is because although second
ionization enthalpy of copper is large but Δhyd (hydration enthalpy) for Cu2+(aq) is
much more negative than that for Cu+(aq) and hence it more than compensates
for the second ionization enthalpy of copper. Therefore, many copper (I)
compounds are unstable in aqueous solution and undergo disproportionation as
follows :
Cu+ → Cu2+ + Cu
(ii) Co2+ ion is easily oxidised to Co3+ ion in presence of a strong ligand because of
its higher crystal field energy which causes pairing of electrons to give inner
orbital complexes (d2sp3). Co3+ can accomodate more no. of electrons from the
ligand and offer better stability to the resulting complex. Hence Co2+ oxidises to
Co3+.
(iii) The value of E° for Mn is more negative than expected from the general trend
due to greater stability of half filled d-subshell (d5) in Mn2+.
1+1+1
142
35. (a) (i) Because carbonyl carbon of CH3—CHO is more electrophilic than
CH3COCH3 due to only one electron donating CH3‒ group.
(ii) Because of electron withdrawing nature of -NO2 group.
(b) (i) Acetylation : Introduction of an acetyl group/CH CO- by heating an organic
compound with acetyl chloride/acetic anhydride.

(ii) Cannizzaroreaction : Aldehydes having no a-hydrogen atom when treated


with cone. NaOH, undergoes self-oxidation and self-reduction simultaneously

(iii) Cross Aldol Condensation : When aldol condensation is carried out between
two different aldehydes or ketones, it is called cross aldolcondenstation.

(2+3)
OR

(4+1)

BLUE PRINT
Sec-A Sec- B Sec C Sec- D Sec- E
1 Mark 2M 3M 4M 5M
Unit Name of Unit MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA Total
No. Based
II Solutions 3 (1) 4 (1) 7 (2)
III Electrochemistry 1 (1) 2 (1) 5 (1) 8 (3)

143
IV Chemical Kinetics 3 (3) 4 (2) 7 (5)
VIII d -and f -Block 1 (1) 1 (1) 5 (1) 7 (3)
Elements
IX Coordination 2 (2) 2 (1) 3 (1) 7 (4)
Compounds
X Haloalkanes and 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Haloarenes
XI Alcohols, Phenols 2 (2) 1 (1) 3 (1) 6 (4)
and ethers
XII Aldehydes, Ketones 2 (2) 2 (1) 5 (1) 9 (4)
and carboxylic acids
XIII Amines 2 (2) 1 (1) 4 (1) 7 (4)
XIV Biomolecules 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Total 14 (14) 4 (4) 14 (7) 15 (5) 8 (2) 15 (3) 70 (35)

144
SET-5
QUESTION PAPER (2022-23)

CHEMISTRY THEORY (043)


MM: 70 Time Duration: 3 hours
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 marks each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculator is not allowed

SECTION- A
Q1: Write the IUPAC name of (CH3)3C CH2Cl
a. 2-Dimethy chloropropane
b. 1-Chloro-2-dimethylpentane
c. 2,2-dimethyl chlorobutane
d. 1-Chloro-2,2-dimethyl propane
Q2: The magnetic moment is associated with its spin angular momentum and orbital angular
momentum. Spin only magnetic moment value of Cr3+ ion is
a. 2.87 BM
b. 3.87 BM
c. 3.47 BM
d. 3.57 BM
Q3: An organic compound A forms compound B with sodium metal and again A forms C with
PCl5 but B and C form diethyl ether. Compound A, B & C are
a. C 2H5OH, C2H5ONa, C2H5Cl
b. C 2H5Cl, C2H5ONa, C2H5OH
c. C 2H5OH, C2H6, C2H5Cl
d. C 2H5OH, C2H5Cl, C2H5ONa
d[NH3]
Q4: For a reaction N2 +3H2 2NH3 (Rate = 2 ×10 −4mol l −1s−1)
dt
− d[N2]
The rate is given as
dt
10-4 mol L-1s-1
a. 10 4 mol L-1s-1
b. 10-2 mol L-1s-1
c. 102 mol L-1s-1
Q5:The amount of electricity requires to produce one mole of Zn from ZnSO4 solution will be
a. 3F
b. 2F
145
c. 1F
d. 4F
Q6: In hypothetical reaction A2 + B2  2AB
A mechanism is given below
A2 ⇄ A + A (fast)

A + B2 ⇄ AB + B (slow)

A + B ⇄ AB (fast)

The order of overall reaction is:-


a. 2

b. 1

c. 1.5

d. 0

Q7 X Y Z
a. CH3CH2CH2NHCOCH3
b. CH3CHCH2CONHCH3
c. CH3CH2CH2NH2
d. CH3CH2CH2CONHCOCH3
Q8: The sum of coordination number and oxidation number of metal M in the complex
[M(en)2C 2O4]Cl is
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 6
Q9: Four Compound A, B, C and D having similar molecular mass were tested for their boiling
point. It was found that compound C has highest boiling point of all four. The compound C is
most likely to be
a. Hydrocarbon
b. Haloalkane
c. Alcohol
d. Ether
Q10: Gabriel pthalimide synthesis is used for the preparation of
a. 1° amine
b. 2° amine
c. 3° amine
d. All of them
Q11: Arrhenius equation can be represented graphically as follows:

146
The (i) intercept and (ii) slope of the graph are:
a. (i) ln A (ii) Ea/R
b. (i) A (ii) Ea
c. (i) ln A (ii) -Ea/R
d. (i) A (ii) –Ea
Q12: The denticity of EDTA is
a. 1
b. 6
c. 2
d. 3
Q13: Hydrogenation of benzoyl chloride in the presence of Pd and BaSO4 gives
a. Benzyl alcohol
b. Benzaldehyde
c. Benzoic acid
d. Phenol
Q14: The electrochemical cell behaves as an electrolytic cell when
a. Ecell = E external
b. Ecell =0
c. Eexternal > Ecell
d. Eexternal< Ecell
Q15: Given below are two statements as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A) :Bond angle in ether is slightly less than the tetrahedral angle
Reason (R) : There is repulsion between the two bulky (-R) group.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but R is false
d. A is false but R is true.
Q16: Assertion (A): DNA has a double helix structure.
Reason (R): Two strands in DNA are exactly similar.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but R is false
d. A is false but R is true.
Q17: Assertion (A) : Transition metals show variable valency.
Reason (R) : Transition metals have a large energy difference between ns and
(n-1) d electrons
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
147
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but R is false
d. A is false but R is true.
Q18: Assertion (A): pkb of aniline is higher than ethylamine.
Reason (R): The lone pair of e- on –NH2 group in aniline is involved in conjugation with a
benzene ring.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but R is false
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
Q19: 60% of a first order reaction was completed in 60 minutes. Calculate t1/2
[log 5 = 0.6990, log 2 = 0.3010 ]
OR
The rate of the chemical reaction doubles for and increase of 10 K in absolute
temperature from 298 K. Calculate Ea.
Q20: Explain the term primary and secondary structure of proteins. What is the difference in α-
helix and β-pleated sheet structure of proteins?
Q21: How do boiling points of isomeric haloalkanes get affected on branching? Give example.
OR
(i)What will be the major monohalo product of the following reaction?

+ HI

(ii) Identify the given reaction


RX + NaI RI +NaX
Q22: (i) Give IUPAC name of [CrCl2(H2O)4]Cl.
(ii) (a) Name the isomerism exhibited by following pair of coordination compounds
[Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br
(b)Give one chemical test to distinguish between these two compounds.
Q23: Calculate the degree of dissociation of acetic acid if its molar conductivity (Λm) is 39.05
Scm2/mol. Given ƛ◦ (H+) = 349.6 Scm2/mol
ƛ◦ (CH3COO-) = 40.9 Scm2/mol
Q24: Explain the following
(i) Cl-CH2COOH has lower pka than CH3COOH.
(ii)There are two –NH2 groups in semicarbazide, only one is involved in the formation of
semicabazone
Q25: (i) Define half-life of a reaction. Write the expression of half-life for zero order reaction.
(ii)For a zero order reaction will the molecularity be equal to zero? Explain.

SECTION -C
Q26: What happens when?(Do any three)
(i) (CH3)3C-OH is treated with cu at 573K
(ii) Phenol is treated with Zn dust
(iii) Anisole reacts with HI

148
(iv) Ethanol reacts with conc. Sulphuric acid at 413K
Q27: (i) Out of [CoF6]3- and [CO(en)3]3+ Which complex is
(a)Paramagnetic (b)More stable (c) Inner orbital complex (d) High spin complex
(ii) A metal ion Mn+ having d4 valence shell electronic configuration combines with three
bidentate ligands to form a complex compound assuming Δo > p. Write electronic
configuration of Mn+ ion in terms of t2g and eg.
Q28 (i)State Raoult’s law for solution containing volatile components.
(ii)Gas (A) is more soluble in water than Gas (B) at the same temperature. Which of the two
gases will have higher value of KH and why?
(iii) In non-ideal solution, what type of deviation shows the formation of maximum boiling
azeotropes?
Q29: (i) Give reason for the following
(a)Acetylation of aniline reduces its activation effect.
(b)Aniline does not undergo Friedal-craft reaction.
(ii)Write the structure of main product when benzene diazonium chloride reacts with
following reagent:
(a)HBF4/Δ (b)Cu/HBr
OR
(i)Illustrate the following reaction giving suitable examples in each case.
(a)Hoffmann bromamide degradation
(b)Carbylamine Reaction
(ii)Write a chemical test to distinguish between aniline and methylamine.
Q30: (i) Which compound in each of the following pairs will react faster in SN2 reaction with OH-
(a) CH3Br or CH3I (b) [(CH3)3CCl or CH3Cl
(ii)Predict all the alkenes that would be formed by dehydrogenation of 1-Bromo-1-
methylcyclohexane.
(iii)Haloarenes are less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophillic substitution reaction.
Why?

SECTION -D
The following questions are case based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
Q31:Carbohydrates are polyhydroxy aldehydes and ketones and those compounds which on
hydrolysis give such compounds are also called carbohydrates. The carbohydrates which are
not hydrolyzed further are called monosaccharides. Monosaccharides with aldehyde group are
called aldose and those with free ketone groups are called ketose. The monosaccharides give
the characteristic reaction of alcohol and carbonyl groups. It has been found that these
monosaccharides exist in the form of cyclic structures. In cyclization, the -OH group combines
with the aldehyde or ketone group. As a result, cyclic structures of five or six membered rings
containing one oxygen atom are formed. Glucose contains one aldehydic group, one 10
alcoholic group and four 20 alcoholic group. It exists in two crystalline forms α – form of
glucose and β-form of glucose. In carbohydrates the two monosaccharide units are joined
together to form a disaccharide. In disaccharides if aldehyde and ketonic groups are bonded,
these are non- reducing sugar and if these groups are free, then sugars are reducing sugars.
Carbohydrates are optically active. Number of optical isomers = 2n, where n = number of

149
asymmetric carbons. Carbohydrates can exist in either of two conformations, as determined by
orientation of the hydroxyl group about the asymmetric carbon farthest from carbonyl group.
By convention, a monosaccharide is said to have D- configuration if hydroxyl group attached
the carbon adjacent to the CH2OH is on the right hand side irrespective of the position of other
OH group. On the other hand, the molecule is assigned L- configuration if the -OH group
attached to the carbon adjacent to the -CH2OH is on the left- hand side.
Answer the following questions:
(i) What is essentially the difference between α – form of glucose and β-form of glucose?
(ii) Write down the structure and names of the product formed when D- glucose is treated
with (a)HI and (b) HNO3
(iii) A non-reducing disaccharide ‘A’ on hydrolysis with dilute acids gives an equimolar
mixture of D-(+) glucose and D-(-) fructose.
A + H2O C6H12O6 + C6H12O6
Identify A. What is the mixture of D-(+) glucose and D-(-) fructose called? Name the linkage
that holds the two units in the disaccharide.
OR
Write any two evidences of glucose which cannot be explained by its open chain structure.
Q32: Boiling point or freezing point of liquid solution would be affected by the dissolved solids in
the liquid phase. A soluble solid in solution has the effect of raising its boiling point and
depressing its freezing point. The addition of non-volatile substances to a solvent decreases the
vapor pressure and the added solute particles affect the formation of pure solvent crystals.
According to many researches, the decrease in freezing point is directly correlated to the
concentration of solutes dissolved in the solvent. This phenomenon is expressed as freezing
point depression and is useful for several applications such as finding the molar mass of an
unknown solute in the solution. The freezing point depression is referred as colligative
property along with vapor pressure lowering, boiling point elevation and osmotic pressure.
These are physical characteristics of solution that depends only on the identity of the solvent
and the concentration of solute. The characters are not depending on the solute’s identity.

(i) Why is osmotic pressure of 1M NaCl higher than 1M glucose solution?


(ii) Blood cells are isotonic with 0.9 % sodium chloride solution. What happens if we place
blood cells in a solution containing: a) 1.2 % NaCl solution b) 0.4% NaCl solution.
(iii)Calculate the boiling point elevation for a solution prepared by adding 10g CaCl2 to 200 g
of water, assuming that CaCl2 is completely dissociated. (Kb for water = 0.512K kg mol-
1, molar mass of CaCl2 = 111 g mol-1).
OR
What mass of NaCl ( molar mass= 58.5 g mol-1 ) must be dissolved in 37.2 g of water to
lower the freezing point by 20C ? The Kf for water is 1.86K kg mol-1. Assume that NaCl
undergoes complete dissociation.

SECTION -E
Q33: (i) How will you bring about the following conversions:-
(a) Ethanal to 3-hydroxybutanal
(b) Ethyne to ethanal
(ii)An organic compound (A) having molecular formula C3H8O on treatment with Cu at

150
573 K gives ‘B’ which does not reduce Tollen’s reagent but gives yellow ppt. with and NaOH.
Identify ‘A’ & ‘B’. Write chemical equation for the reaction.
OR
(i) Arrange the following in the increasing order of their reactivity towards nucleophillic
reaction
C 6H5COCH3 ,CH3CHO, CH3COCH3
(ii) How will you distinguish between acetophenone and benzophenone ?
(iii) Complete the following
(a) (CH3)2C=CH-CH3
(b) CH3COCH2COOC2H5
(c) CH3CH=CHCN

Q34 (i) Zn rod is dipped in 0.01 M solution of zinc sulphate at 298k. Calculate the electrode
potential of zinc. ( Given E0 Zn2+/Zn = -0.76V log 10 = 1)
(ii) Calculate the mass of Cu deposited at cathode when a current of 2 ampere is passed
through copper sulphate solution for 15 minutes. [Given atomic mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1
(iii)Define fuel cell.
OR
(i)Explain with graph, the variation of molar conductivity of strong electrolytes with dilution.
(ii)Calculate Δ G° and log Kc of the following reaction:
Cd2+ (aq) + Zn(s) → Zn2+ (aq) + Cd (s)
Given : E°Cd2+/Cd = -0.403, E°ZN2+/Zn = -0.763 V
Q35 (i)Account for the following
(a) Zr and Hf have almost similar radii.
(b) Transition metals show variable oxidation state.
(c) From element to element actinoid contraction is greater than lanthanoid contraction.
(d) Ce4+ is used as an oxidizing agent in volumetric analysis.
(ii) Complete the following equations:
MnO4- + C2O42- + H+ 

MARKING SCHEME
Q No. Expected Answers Marks
1 d 1
2 b 1
3 a 1
4 a 1
5 b 1
6 a 1
7 a 1
8 c 1
9 c 1
10 a 1
11 c 1
12 b 1
13 b 1
14 c 1
15 d 1
151
16 c 1
17 c 1
18 a 1
19 K =2.303 log⁡ [ A0] ½
t [A]

K= 2.303 log ½
t
½
K= 2.303 log
t ½
K=0.0152 min-1
t1/2=
= 45.3 min
OR

20 Primary Structure : It refers to the sequence of amino acids in the ½


polypeptide chain.
Secondary Structure : The conformation which the polypeptide chain ½
assume as a result of hydrogen bonding
In α-helix, polypeptide chains are stabilized by intra molecular H-
bonding and β pleated sheet of protein is stabilized by inter molecular 1
hydrogen bonding
21 On branching the boiling point of isomeric haloalkanes decreases due to
decrease in surface area hence vander Waals forces of attraction 1
decreases
Example :Isomers of bromobutane: 1

CH3CH2CH2Br > (CH3)2CHCH2Br > (CH3)3CBr


OR
(i) 1

(ii) Finkelstein Reaction 1


22 (i) dichlorido tetraaquachromium (iii) chloride 1
(ii) (a)Ionization isomerism ½
(b)Correct test ½
23 α = Λcm / Λom ½
Λom = 349.6+40.9
= 390.5 Scm2/mol ½
α = 39.05/390.5 ½
α = 0.1 ½
24 1
152
(i) ClCH2COOH is stronger acid than CH3COOH due to e-
withdrawing inductive effect of Cl attached to α carbon atom. 1
(ii) The e- pair present on –NH2 group directly attached to C=O
group is involved in resonance as a result electron density
decreases and it does not act as a nucleophile.
25 (i) Half-life of a reaction is the time in which concentration of a ½
reactant is reduced to one half of its initial concentration ,t1/2
for zero order = [R]0/2k ½
(ii) No, molecularity can never be equal to zero. It is the number
of molecules involved in each elementary reaction which may 1
be different from order of reaction
26 (i) (CH3)2C=CH2. 1

(ii) 1
(iii) C6H5OH + CH3I
(iv) Ethoxy ethane will be formed ½ +1/2
27 (i) ½x4
a ) [CoF6]3-
b) [CO(en)3]3+
c) [CO(en)3]3+
d) [CoF6]3-

(ii) t2g4 1
28 (i) It states that for a solution of volatile liquids, the partial 1
vapour pressure of each component in the solution is directly
proportional to its mole fraction.
(ii) According to Henry’s law higher the value of kH lower is the 1
solubility hence Gas B will have higher value of KH
(iii) Negative deviation 1
29 (i) (a)Due to resonance the lone pair on nitrogen gets delocalized 1
towards carbonyl group hence e- are less available for
donation to benzene ring
(b) Aniline being a lewis base reacts with lewis acid AlCl3 to form a 1
salt.
(ii) (a) C6H5F b) C6H5Br 1
OR
(i) (a)
1

(b)
1

(ii) Azo dye Test. 1

153
30 (i) a) CH3I b) CH3Cl 1
(ii)
1

(iii) The C-X bond in aryl halides acquires a partial double bond 1
character due to resonance while the C-X bond in alkyl halide
is a single bond, hence easy to cleave.
31 (i)They differ in the orientation of –OH group at anomeric carbon. 1
(ii)CH3(CH2)4CH3(n-hexane) 1
(iii) COOH(CHOH)4CH2OH(saccharic acid)
A: Starch Invert Sugar , Linkage: Glycosidic Linkage ½+1/2+1
OR
(a) Despite having the aldehyde group, glucose does not give Schiff’s
test and it does not form the hydrogensulphite addition product with
NaHSO3 .
(b) The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine
indicating the absence of free —CHO group. (or any other)
32 (i)The number of particles in 1M NaCl is higher than 1M Glucose and 1
osmotic pressure depends upon number of particles.
(ii)a) Blood cells will shrink b) Blood cells will swell 1/2×2
(iii) ΔTb=i Kb x m 1/2
=(3x.512x10x1000)/(200x111) ½
= 0.69K 1
OR
NaCl Na+ + Cl- i=2 ½

WB =( ΔTf x MB x WA)/( i x Kf x 1000) ½


WB = 2K x58.5 g mol-1 x 37.2 g/12 x 1.86K kg mol-1 x 1000 g kg-1
= 1.17g 1

33
(i) a)

b)
1

(ii) A: (CH3)2CHOH B: CH3COCH3


1+1

154
½

1
1
OR
(i) C 6H5COCH3 ,CH3COCH3,CH3CHO 1+1+1
(ii) Iodoform Test : acetophenone will give yellow ppt with
NaOH/I2 whereas benzophenone does not.
(iii) (a) CH3COCH3 + CH3CHO
(b) CH3CH2CH2COOC2H5
(c) CH3CH=CHCHO
34 (i) E Zn2+/Zn = E0Zn2+/Zn - 0.0591/2(log1/Zn2+ ) 1
= - 0.76- 0.0591/2(log 1/0.01) ½
= - 0.819 V ½
(ii) Q = It = 2x 15 x60 = 1800 C 1
Mass of copper = (63.5x1800)/(2x96500) ½
= .59g ½
(iii) A fuel cell is an electrochemical cell which converts chemical 1
energy of combustion of fuels into electrical energy.
Example: H2 – O2 fuel cell.
OR
(i) Molar conductivity of strong electrolyte increase with 1
dilution due to decrease in interionic attractions.
Correct graph
(ii) ΔGo = -nFE0 cell 1
E0 cell = -0.403-(-0.763)
= 0.36 V 1
ΔG = 2x96500x0.36
o 1/2
= -69480 J/mol 1/2

ΔGo = - 2.303 RT log K ½


Log K = -69480/(2.303 x 8.314x 298)
= -12.17 1/2
35 (i)(a) Due to lanthanoid contractions. 1
(b)Transition metals show variable oxidation state as both (n-1)d and 1
ns electrons are involved in bonding.
(c)Poor shielding effect of 5f orbital than 4f orbital. 1
(d) Ce4+ has a tendency to attain +3 oxidation state which is more stable 1
so it is used as an oxidizing agent in volumetric analysis.
(ii) 2MnO4- (aq)+ 5C2O42- (aq) + 16H+ 2Mn2+ + 10CO2 +8H2O 1

BLUE PRINT
Sec-A Sec- B Sec C Sec- D Sec- E
1 Mark 2M 3M 4M 5M
Unit Name of Unit MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA Total
No. Based
155
II Solutions 3 (1) 4 (1) 7 (2)
III Electrochemistry 1 (1) 2 (1) 5 (1) 8 (3)
IV Chemical Kinetics 3 (3) 4 (2) 7 (5)
VIII d -and f -Block 1 (1) 1 (1) 5 (1) 7 (3)
Elements
IX Coordination 2 (2) 2 (1) 3 (1) 7 (4)
Compounds
X Haloalkanes and 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Haloarenes
XI Alcohols, Phenols 2 (2) 1 (1) 3 (1) 6 (4)
and ethers
XII Aldehydes, Ketones 2 (2) 2 (1) 5 (1) 9 (4)
and carboxylic acids
XIII Amines 2 (2) 1 (1) 4 (1) 7 (4)
XIV Biomolecules 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Total 14 (14) 4 (4) 14 (7) 15 (5) 8 (2) 15 (3) 70 (35)

156
SET-6
QUESTION PAPER (2022-23)
CHEMISTRY THEORY (043)
CLASS 12
MM:70 Time: 3 hours
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each
question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. Ortho nitro phenol has lower boiling point then para-nitrophenol due to:
a. Intramolecular hydrogen bonding
b. Intermolecular hydrogen bonding
c. Dipole –dipole attraction
d. All
2. What will be the main product of the reaction :
CH3-CHBrCH2 CH3 +alc KOH
a. Pro-1-ene
b. But-2-ene
c. Butane
d. But-1-yne
3.Zr and Hf have almost similar atomic and ionic radii because of:
a. lanthanoid contraction
b. actinoid contraction
c. diagonal relationship
d. belong to same group
4. Rate law for the reaction A +2B C is found to be rate = k (A) (B) If concentration of B is
doubled keeping the concentration of A constant ,the value of rate constant will be:
a. same
b. doubled
c. halved
d. None of the above

157
5. The molar conductivity of CH3COOH at infinite dilution is 390 Scm2/mol. Using the graph and
given information, the molar conductivity of CH3COOK will be:

a. 100 Scm2/mol
b. 115 Scm2/mol
c. 150 Scm2/mol
d. 125 Scm2/mol
6. For the reaction, A +2B AB2, the order w.r.t. reactant A is 2 and w.r.t. reactant B zero.
What will be change in rate of reaction if the concentration of A is doubled and B is halved?
a. increases four times
b. decreases four times
c. increases two times
d. no change
7. Arrange the following amines in the increasing order of their basic strength in aqueous
solutions:
A: Dimethylamine, B: Methylamine, C: Trimethylamine
a. C<B<A
b. A<B<C
c. A<C<B
d. B<C<A
8. The No of stereoisomers of [Pt (NH3)2Cl2] are:
a. 1
b.2
c. 3
d. 0
9. What would be the major product of the following reaction?
( CH3)3C-O-C2H5 + HI
a. A= ( CH3)3COH , B= C2H6
b. A= ( CH3)3COH, B= C2H5I
c. A= ( CH3)3C-I ,B= C2H5OH
d. None of above
10 .Nitration of aniline yields substantial amount of meta nitro aniline due to?
a. NH2 group is meta directing.
b. anilinium ion formed is meta directing .
c. NH2 group is ortho and para directing
d..none of the above.
11. Which of the carbonyl compound will undergo Cannizaro reaction?

158
a. propanone
b. butanal
c. 2,2,-dimethylpropanal
d. ethanal
12. Arrhenius equation can be represented graphically as follows:

The (i) intercept and (ii) slope of the graph are:


a. (i) ln A (ii) Ea/R
b. (i) A (ii) Ea
c. (i) ln A (ii) - Ea/R
d. (i) A (ii) -Ea
13. The number of ions formed on dissolving one molecule of FeSO4.(NH4)2SO4.6H2O in water
is:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6
14. The compound which will not reduce Fehling solution is:
a .ethanal
b. 2-methylpropanal
c . 2-methylpentanal
d . benzaldehyde
15. Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Among alcohols, primary alcohols are most acidic.
Reason (R): The phenoxide ion is more stable than alkoxide ion.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Nucleoside is phosphoester nucleotide.
Reason (R):Nucleic acids are formed by combination of nucleotides.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
159
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion :Transition elements show highest oxidation state in oxides .
Reason: Oxygen is highly electronegative element can form multiple bonds.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): PKb value of aniline is more than methylamine.
Reason (R): Methyl amine has higher PKb value than ammonia.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The
following questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. A first-order reaction takes 40 min for 30% decomposition. Calculate its half life time?
20. What are reducing and non reducing sugars? Explain ,why sucrose is a non reducing sugar ?
OR
What is denaturation of proteins and what is the effect of denaturation on structure and
function of protein?
21. Give reason for the following:
a. In aryl halides halogen atom is ring deactivating but ortho and para directing.
b. The product formed during SN1reaction is a racemic mixture.
OR
a. How will you prepare ethyl isocyanide from a suitable compound with a suitable reagent ?.
b. Among isomers of dibromobenzene, which isomer is expected to have highest melting
point and why ?
22. Write IUPAC names of following complexes .
a) K3 [Al (C2O4)3] b) [CoCl2(en)2] +.
23. Write the reaction which takes place in a button cell and explain that why, these cells operate
at a constant voltage ?
24. Explain why order of a reaction can be fractional while molecularity of reaction can not be
fractional ?
25. Write the reaction and IUPAC name of the product formed when 2-Methylpropanal
(isobutyraldehyde) is treated with ethyl magnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis.

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. What happens when (give chemical equation for the following reactions)
a. Acetone treated with NaBH4
b. Tert- butyl alcohol vapors passed over Cu at573 K.

160
c. Phenol is treated with chloroform in the presence of NaOH followed by H3O+
27 a) What is an ambidentate ligand ? Give two examples.
b) Draw diagram for spilliting of five d-orbitals in octahedral crystal field.
28. 18 gm of glucose dissolved in 1000 gm of water in a container .At what temperature this
solution will boil under one atmospheric pressure? (Kb for water =0.52 K Kg mol-1
29.Give reasons for any 3 of the following observations:
a. Aniline is weaker base than ammonia.
b. Diazonium salt of aromatic amines are more stable than aliphatic amines .
c. Tertiary amines do not react with Hinsberg’s reagent.
d. Aniline does not react with methyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 catalyst.
30. Write the structure of major product in each of following reaction :
a) (CH3)3 C-Br +KOH ethanol/heat
b) CH3CH=C (CH3)2 + HBr
c) CH3CH2 CH2 CH2-Br + NaI acetone /heat
OR
a) What products will form when chlorobenzene reacts with? (give chemical equation)
i) Na in presence of ether ii) CH3-Br /anhyd AlCl3
b) Why ,Grignard reagent should be prepared under anhydrous conditions.

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31. Proteins are most abundant biomolecules of living system. The main sources of proteins are
milk cheese pulses peanuts fish etc .These occur in every part of the body and formfundamental
basis of the structure and functions of the life. The constituents of the proteinsare Alpha amino
acids which are having amino groups and carboxylic acid group.These are also classified as
essential and non essential depending on their synthesis.Alpha amino acids which constitute the
proteins are usually colourless crystalline solids. These are water soluble compounds having
high melting solids and behave like saltrather than simple amines or Carboxylic acids. Due to
presence of specific groups , thesemolecule exist in the form of Zwitter ion. Except glycene
other amino acid are opticallyactive. The amino acid may have D or L configurations depending
on the position of theNH2 group. Two amino acids combined to each other through a peptide
Bond product so formed is called dipeptide. When more than hundred amino acid combine to
each other formpolypeptide and having higher molecular mass are called proteins generally.

a) What are essential alpha amino acid? Give an example.


b) What makes an alpha amino acid acidic?
c) Draw Zwitter ion structure of amino acid and explain why does it show amphoteric behavior
in this form ?
OR
What is a peptide bond? What is the difference between polypeptide and protein generally?
33. Boiling point and freezing point of liquid solutions would be affected by dissolving solid in
liquid phase . A soluble solid in solution has the effect of raising its boiling point and
depressing freezing point . The addition of non volatile substances to a solvent decreases its
vapour pressure and the added solute particles effect the formation of the pure solid crystals

161
.According to many researchers that decrease in freezing point directly correlated to the
concentration of the solute dissolve in the solvent. This phenomenon is expressed as freezing
point depression and it is useful for several applications such as freezing concentration of
liquid foods and to find the molar mass of unknown solute in the solution. Freeze
concentration is a high quality liquid food concentration method where water is removed by
forming ice crystals. This is done by cooling the liquid food below the freezing point of the
solution. The freezing point depression is referred as a colligative property and it is
proportional to molar concentration of solution along with vapour pressure lowing,boiling
point elevation and osmic pressure. These are physical characteristics of solutions that
depend only on identity of solvent and concentration of the solute. The characters are not
depending on the solute identity

a) Which of the solution will boil at a lower temperature and why?


i) 1 M urea ii)1 M NaCl
b) What is a colligative property ?
c) What is Van’t Hoff factor? Calculate Van’t Hoff factor for K3[Fe(CN)6] if ionizes
completely.
OR
Define cryoscopic constant and explain factor on which its value depends.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have
an internal choice.
33 a. How does the electrode potential vary with concentration of electrolyte and temperature?
b) What is limiting molar conductivity ?
b) E0 cell for given redox reaction is 2.71V at 298 K
Mg + Cu++ (0.01M) Mg++ (0.001M) + Cu
Calculate E cell for the reaction ?
OR
a. Molar conductivity of substance “A” is 5.9×103 S/m and “B” is 1 x 10-16 S/m. Which of the
two is most likely to be copper metal and why?
b. What is the quantity of electricity in Coulombs required to produce 4.8 g of Mg from molten
MgCl2? How much Ca will be produced if the same amount of electricity was passed through
molten CaCl2? (Atomic mass of Mg = 24 u, atomic mass of Ca = 40 u).
c. What is the standard free energy change for the following reaction at room temperature? Is
the reaction spontaneous?
Sn (s) + 2Cu2+ (aq) Sn2+ (aq) + 2Cu+(s)
34.a) Give suitable reason for each of the following:
i) Propanone is less reactive than ethanal when treated with HCN.
ii) PKa of chloroacetic acid smaller than acetic acid.
iii) Carbonyl compounds undergo nucleophilic addition reactions.
b) write chemical reaction for :
i) HVZ reaction ii)Stephen’s reaction

OR

162
a) An organic compound (A) with molecular formula C9H10O form 2,4-DNP derivative,
reduce Tollens reagent and undergoes cannizaro ,reaction.On vigorous oxidation it gives 1,2
–Benzenedicarboxylic acid. Identify the organic compound and give reaction when it is
treated with conc KOH solution.
b) Give a simple chemical test to distinguish between following pair of compounds.
i) butanal and butanone ii) acetophenone and benzophenone
c) how ethanal is converted to but-2-enal
35. Answer the following:
a. Cu+ salts are unstable in aqueous solutions?
b. Scandium salts are white ?
c. In titration of Mohr salt versus potassium permanganate for acidic medium HCl is not
used?
d. Eu++ is strongly reducing.
e. Actinoids show greater no oxidation states than lanthanoids .

MARKING SCHEME
SECTION A
Q1 to 18 each correct answer 1 mark
1. a 10. b
2. b 11. c
3. a 12. c ( (i) ln A , (ii) -EA/R
4. b 13. c
5. b 14. d
6. a 15. b
7. a 16. d
8. b 17. a
9. c 18. c
SECTION B
19. k= 2.303/40 log 10/7 = 8.9 x 10-3min-1 1mark
t1/2 = 0.693/8.9x10 = 77.7 min
-3 1 mark
20. The sugars which reduce Tollen’s reagent and fehling solution called reducing sugar. -1 mark
The functional groups of Glucose and Fructose are involved in glycosidic bond formation in
Sucrose hence Non reducing . - 1 mark
OR
Correct definition of Denaturation. -1 mark
Scondary and Tertiary Structures are destroyed and protein loses its biological activity. 1Mark
21. a- Ring deactivation is due to –I effect of Halogen atom and ortho and para directing because of
+R effect of NH2 group. -1 mark
b- The carbocation formed in SN1 reaction is planar and attack of nucleophile is almost equal
from both sides of carbocation which resutls in racemic mixture. -1 mark
OR
a- From ethyl halide with reagent AgCN. -1mark
b- P-Dibromo Benzene has symmetric structure and well fits in crystal lattice. -1 mark
22. a-Potassium Trioxalatoaluminate(III) -1mark
b- Dichloridobis(ethylenediamine)cobalt(III)ion -1mark
23 . Zn + HgO ZnO +Hg -1mark
163
In button cells the electrolyte is KOH whose concentration remains unchanged during cell
reaction, hence Voltage remains constant. -1mark
24. Order of reaction based on concentration terms on which the rate of reaction actually depends
which is experimentally observed Hence can be 1,2,3 or any fraction. -1mark
While the molecularity is based on No. of reacting species that collide simultaneously in a
simple reaction to form product and the reacting species cannot be fractional. -1 mark

25.
SECTION C

26.
27. a- Correct definition -1/2 Mark
Correct Example -1/2 mark
b- Correct diagram labeled properly -2 mark

28.
29- aThe lone pair of NH2 group takes part in resonance or anilinium ion is unstable as no
resonating structure. 1 mark
b- Diazonium ion of aromatic amines is stable due to resonance while in alkyl diazonium ion
resonance is not possible. 1 mark
c- the tertiary amine do not have any replacable H atom. 1 mark
d- Anilene reacts with Anhydrous AlCl3 to form salt. 1 mark

30.

SECTION D

164
31. aEssential α-amino acid on those which our body cannot synthesize and are to be taken
through diet. ½ mark
Any example 1/2 mark
b- More no of –COOH groups than NH2 groups 1mark
c- H3N+-CH(R)-COO- In this form it can react with acids and base both . 1mark
OR
Two or more α-amino acid are linked to each other through –CONH- bond-peptide bond.
1 mark
Generally a poly peptide having more than 100 α-amino acid and molecular mass more than
10,000 u is called protein. 1-mark
32- 1M urea solution will boil at lower temperature because NaCl is electrolyte and ionize to Na+
and Cl-. 1 mark
b. correct definition 1 mark
c. correct definition 1 mark
i = 4/1 = 4 1 mark
OR
Correct definition 1 mark
The value of kf depends on nature of solvent 1 mark
SECTION E
33. a. electrode potential of an electrode increases with increase in concentration and temperature.
1 mark
b. Correct definition 1 mark
c. Ecell = cell - 0.059/n log
Eo (Mg++)/ (Cu++) 1 mark
Ecell = 2.71 – 0.059/2 log (0.001)/0.01 1 mark
Ecell = 2.71 – 0.0295(0 -1) = 2.71+0.0295 = 2.74 V 1 mark
OR
a. “A” is copper; metals are conductors thus have high value of conductivity. 1 mark
b. Mg2+ + 2e- à Mg
1 mole of magnesium ions gains two moles of electrons or 2F to form 1 mole of Mg 24 g
Mg requires 2 F electricity
4.8 g Mg requires 2 x4.8/24 = 0.4 F = 0.4 x96500 = 38600C 1 mark
Ca2+ + 2e- = Ca
2 F electricity is required to produce 1 mole =40 g Ca
0.4 F electricity will produce 8 g Ca 1 mark
c. F = 96500C, n=2,
Sn2+ (aq) + 2e– → Sn (s) –0.14V
2 Cu2+ (aq) + 2 e- 2 Cu+ (aq) 0.15 V
Eocell = Eocathode – Eoanode
= 0.15 – (-0.14) = 0.29V 1 mark
ΔGo= -nFEocell
= -2 x96500x 0.29 = -55970 J/mol 1 mark
34. (i) Propanone is less reactive because it is ketone having more steric hindrance and less
positive charge on carbonyl carbon. 1 mark
(ii) Chloroacetic acid is strong acid than acetic acid due to –I effect of Cl atom which helps in
dispersal of –ve charge, hence lower value of pka 1 mark
(iii) Due to double bond C=O and carbonyl carbon bears a positive charge. 1 mark

165
b. (i) Correct reaction 1 mark
(ii) Correct reaction 1 mark
OR

b. (I) Butanal will give silver mirror test with Tollen’s reagent or any other suitable test. 1 m
(II) Acetophenone will give Iodoform test. 1 mark
c. CH3-CHO + NaOH  CH3-CH (OH)-CH2CHO CH3-CH=CH-CHO 1 mark
35. (a) Cu+ ion disproportionate in aqueous solution because oxidizes to Cu++ and extra energy
required is compensated by high hydration enthalpy of Cu++ ion. 1mark
(b) Sc shows only +3 oxidation state having empty d orbital no d-d transition. 1 mark
(c) KMnO4 can oxidize Cl- ion to Cl2. 1 mark
(d) Most stable oxidation state of lanthanoids is +3 hence Eu++ oxidizes to Eu3+ and strongly
reducing. 1 mark
(e) The energy of 5f, 6d and 7s are comparable and can easily promote electrons. 1 mark

BLUE PRINT
Sec-A Sec- B Sec C Sec- D Sec- E
1 Mark 2M 3M 4M 5M
Unit Name of Unit MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA Total
No. Based
II Solutions 3 (1) 4 (1) 7 (2)
III Electrochemistry 1 (1) 2 (1) 5 (1) 8 (3)
IV Chemical Kinetics 3 (3) 4 (2) 7 (5)
VIII d -and f -Block 1 (1) 1 (1) 5 (1) 7 (3)
Elements
IX Coordination 2 (2) 2 (1) 3 (1) 7 (4)
Compounds
X Haloalkanes and 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Haloarenes
XI Alcohols, Phenols 2 (2) 1 (1) 3 (1) 6 (4)
and ethers
XII Aldehydes, Ketones 2 (2) 2 (1) 5 (1) 9 (4)
and carboxylic acids
XIII Amines 2 (2) 1 (1) 4 (1) 7 (4)
XIV Biomolecules 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Total 14 (14) 4 (4) 14 (7) 15 (5) 8 (2) 15 (3) 70 (35)

166
SET-7
MODEL PAPER
CHEMISTRY THEORY (043)
Class 12
MM : 70 TIME :3 hours
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
Read the following instructions carefully.
(a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
(b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
(c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
(d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
(e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
(f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
(g)All questions are compulsory.
(h) Use of log tables andcalculatorsis not allowed.

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple choice questions with one correct answer. each question
carries 1 mark.There is no internal choice in this section.
Q 1.The value of Henry’s law constant KH is ______________.
(a) greater for gases with lower solubility (b) greater for gases with higher solubility
(c) not related to the solubility of gases (d) constant for all gases
Q 2.The IUPAC name of Cl CH 2CH 2C≡CBr is .
(a) 4-bromo -1-chlorobut3-yne (b) 4-bromo-1-chlorobutyne
(c) 1-bromo-4-chlorobutyne (d) 1-bromo-4-chlorobut-1-yne
Q 3. Which of the following pairs of compoundshave nearly equal sizes?
(a) Y and La (b) Zr and Hf
(c ) Ti and Zr (d) Nb and Ta
Q 4 Which of the following compound will not undergo azo coupling reaction with benzene
diazonium chloride?
(a) Aniline (b) Phenol (c) Anisole (d) Nitrobenzene
Q 5 .The quantity of charge required to obtain one mole of aluminium from Al2O3 is .
(a) 1F (b) 6F (c) 3F (d) 2F
Q 6The correct IUPAC name of [Pt(NH3)2Cl2] is
(a) diamminedichloridoplatinum (II) (b) diamminedichloridoplatinum (IV)
(c) diamminedichloridoplatinum (I) (d) dichloridodiammineplatinum (IV).
Q 7 .The magnetic nature of elements depend on the presence of unpaired electrons. Identify the
configuration of transition element, which shows the highest magnetic moment.
(a) 3d7 (b) 3d5 (c) 3d8 (d) 3d2
Q 8.In a first order reaction 75% of a reactant disappeared in 1.38 hrs, the rate constant of the
reaction is.
(a) 3.6x 10 -3s-1 (b) 2.8x10 -4 s -1
(c) 17.2x10 -3 s -1 (d) 1.8x10 -5 s -1
Q 9.Consider the following figure and mark the correct option.

167
(a) Activation energy of forward reaction is E1 + E2 and product is less stable than reactant.
(b) Activation energy of forward reaction is E1 + E2 and product is more stable than reactant.
(c) Activation energy of both forward and backward reactions is E1 + E2 and reactant is more
stable than product.
(d) Activation energy of backward reaction is E, and product is more stable than reactant.
Q 10. The correct increasing order of basic strength for the following compounds is.

Q 11. Which of the following complexes show linkage isomerism?


(a) [CO(NH3)5(Cl)]2+ (b) [CO(H2O)5CO]3+
(c) [Cr(NH3)5SCN]2+ (d) [Fe(en)2Cl2]+
Q 12. Which of the following is most acidic?
(a) Benzyl alcohol (b) Cyclohexanol
(c) Phenol (d) m-Chlorophenol
Q 13.The oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde by chromyl chloride is called: -
(a) Etard reaction (b) Wurtz reaction
(c) Reimer tiemann reaction (d)Cannizaro reaction
Q14. The helical structure of protein is stabilized by.
(a) hydrogen bonds (b) ether bonds
(c) peptide bonds (d) dipeptide bonds
Q 15 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason(R).
Assertion(A) :Aromatic primary amines cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
Reason(R) :Aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution with the anion formed by
phthalimide.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below.
(a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are correct statements, but R is not the correct explanation of the A.
(c) A is correct, but R is wrong statement.
(d) A is wrong, but R is correct statement.
Q 16 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason(R).
Assertion (A): p-nitrophenol is less volatile than o-nitrophenol.

168
Reason (R): Due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding in p-nitrophenol and intermolecular
hydrogen bonding in o-nitro phenol.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below.
(a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are correct statements, but R is not the correct explanation of the A.
(c) A is correct, but R is wrong statement.
(d) A is wrong, but R is correct statement.
Q 17 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason(R).
Assertion(A): For measuring resistance of an ionic solution , a source of AC power is used in
Wheatstone bridge.
Reason(R): Concentration of ionic solution will change if DC source is used.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below.
(a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are correct statements, but R is not the correct explanation of the A.
(c) A is correct, but R is wrong statement.
(d) A is wrong, but R is correct statement.

Q 18 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason(R).
Assertion(A): Thymine pairs with adenine whereas cytosine pairs with guanine in DNA
molecule.
Reason(R):The hydrogen bonding between bases of two strands is highly specific.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below.
(a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are correct statements, but R is not the correct explanation of the A.
(C) A is correct, but R is wrong statement.
(d) A is wrong, but R is correct statement.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions.The following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
Q 19 The chemistry of corrosion of iron is essentially an electrochemical phenomenon explain the
reactions occurring during corrosion of iron in the atmosphere
Q 20 Define the following terms.
(i) isotonic solution (ii) Van’t Hoff’s factor
OR
Calculate the osmotic pressure of a solution containing 3.42g of sucrose per litre at 400K.
molar mass of sucrose is 342 g mol-1.R=0.083 bar L mol -1K-1
Q 21 A hydrocarbon C 5H 10 does not react with chlorine in dark but gives a single mono chloro
compound C 5H 9 Cl in bright sun light ,identify the hydrocarbon and write the reaction.
OR
Explain why chlorination of n- butane in presence of light at 298 k gives a mixture of 2-
chlorobutane and 1-chloro butane.
Q 22 For the reaction 2NO + Cl2 → 2NOCl, the rate of reaction is doubled when concentration of
Cl2 is doubled and it becomes eight times when concentration of both NO and Cl2 are
doubled. Deduce the rate law and the order of the reaction.

169
Q 23 (i) Draw geometrical isomers of [Cr(NH3)3Cl3].
(ii)A solution of [Ni(H2O)6]2+ is green but a solution of [Ni(CN)4]2- is colourless . Explain
why?
Q 24 Illustrate the following name reactions giving a chemical equation in each case-
(i) HVZ reaction
(ii) Clemmensen’s reduction
Q 25 State differences between the following pairs.
(i) Primary and Secondary structure of a protein.
(ii) Nucleoside and Nucleotide

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
Q 26 (i) Give one structural difference between amylose and amylopectin.
(ii) Glucose on reaction with HI gives n-hexane. What does it suggest about the structure of
Glucose?
(iii) Deficiency of which vitamin causes convulsions.
Q 27 (a)Which compound in each of the following pairs will react faster in SN2reaction with
OH,and why?
(i) CH 3Br or CH 3I
(ii) (CH 3)3CCl or CH3 Cl
(b) Convert chlorobenzene to p- nitrophenol
Q 28 (i) An aromatic compound ‘A ‘ on treatment with aqueous ammonia and heating forms
compound B’ which on heating with Br2 and KOH forms a compound C of molecular
formula C 6H 7N. Write the structures and IUPAC names of compounds A,B,C.
(ii) Arrange the following in decreasing order of basic strength in gas phase.
PhNH2 , EtNH2 ,Et2NH , NH3
Q 29 Answer any three of the followings.
(i) Give two examples of ligands which form co-ordination compounds useful in analytical
chemistry.
(ii) What is the magnetic behavior of [Fe(CN)6]-3 ion ?(Z=26).
(iii) Draw crystal field splitting diagram for octahedral complexes.
(iv) Which of the following is more stable complex and why?
[Co(NH3)6]3+ and [Co(en)3]3+
Q 30 (i) Define activation energy.
(ii) For a reaction, the energy of activation is zero. What is the value of rate constant at
300K, if the value of rate constant is 1.6 x 10 6 s -1 at 280 K? [ R = 8.314 JK-1mol-1]
OR
(i) Define the order of a reaction.
(ii) A first order reaction takes 20 minutes for 25% decomposition.Calculate the time when
75%of the reaction will be completed.
Given: (log 2=.3010 , log3=.4771, log4=.6021)

SECTION D

170
The following questions are case based questions.Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4(1+1+2)marks each.Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
Q31 When a binary solution of two volatile liquids is boiled,its vapours, in general,do
have the same composition of the components as that in solution.The mole
fraction of more volatile component is generally higher in vapours. But many
binary solutions at definite compositions behave like pure liquids because their
vapours have the same composition of the two component as in solution
Observe the table in which azeotropic mixtures are given along with their boiling
points of pure components and azeotropes and answer the questions that follow.
Some Azeotropic Mixtures
A B Minimum Boiling Boiling Points
Azeotropes A B Mixture
Azeotropes
H2O C2H5OH 95.37% 373K 351.3K 351.15
H2O C3H7OH 71.69% 373K 370.19K 350.72
CH3COCH3 CS 2 67% 329.25K 319.25K 312.30
A B Maximum Boiling A B Mixture
Azeotropes Azeotropes
H2O HCl 20.3% 373K 188K 383K
H2O HNO3 68.0% 373K 359K 393.5K
H2O HClO4 71.6% 373K 383K 476K
(i) What type of deviation is shown by minimum boiling azeotropes?
(ii) What type of liquids forms ideal solutions.
(iii) What are azeotropes.What will be vapour pressure of maximum boiling azeotrops?
OR
At what mole fraction of ‘A’, vapour pressure of A(P°A=450mm)and vapour pressure of B
(P°B=200mm)in solution will be equal if both A and B form ideal solution.
Q32 Alcohols and phenols are most important compounds used in our daily life. Alcohols are
prepared by hydration of alkenes, fermentation of glucose, reductionofaldehydes ketones,
carboxylic acid and esters..Alcohols play very important role in our daily life. Ordinary sprit used
as an antiseptic contains methanol. Ethanol is present in cough syrups, tonics, wine, beer and
whisky, Sugar, starch, cellulose are carbohydrates which also contain large number —OH groups.
Alcohols are soluble in water.Boiling points increase with increase in molar mass and decrease
with branching. Alcohols on dehydration gives alkene at 443K, follow carbocation mechanism.
Excess of alcohol at 413K on dehydration with conc.H2 SO4 also follow carbocation mechanism
but gives diethyl ether. Alcohols undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions with carboxylic
acids and its derivatives like amides, acid halides,acid anhydride .Phenol is prepared from
cumene,diazonium salts anisole chlorobenzene .Phenol is used to prepare
salicyleldehyde,salicylic acid, aspirin ,methyl salicylate, p- benzoquinone.phenol undergoes
electrophillic substitution reactions at o and p position.Phenol is also used an antiseptic in low
concentration (0.2%) where as 2% solution of phenol is used as disinfectant. The fragrance of
rose is due to citronellol (unsaturated alcohol). Phenol is used for preparation of many useful
compounds like aspirin, methyl salicylate (Iodex) and phenyl salicylate (salol) used as intestinal
antiseptic.

171
Ethers are functional isomers of alcohols, have low boiling points. Ethers are used as
solvents.Unsymmetrical ethers are prepared by Williamsons synthesis Ethers react with
HIand undergo SN1 or SN2 mechanism depending upon stability of carbocation formed.
Aromatic ethers like anisole undergo electrophillic substitution at o- and p- position.
(i) How is phenol converted into salicylicacid?
(ii) Out of tert-butyl alcohol and n-butanol, which will undergo dehydration faster andwhy?
(iii) (a)Why is C—OH bond length in CH3OH longer than C—OH bond length inphenol?
(b) Identify the product.
OH PCC

OR
Convert phenol to p-benzoquinone. Why does phenol turn pink after long standing?

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have
an internal choice.
Q 33 (i) Write relationship between Λm and Κ. Explain the effect of concentration change on both
the conductivities.
(ii) For the reaction
Fe2+ (aq) + Ag+ (aq)  Fe3+ (aq) + Ag (s)
Calculate Δ r G° & equllibrium constant of reaction.
(E° Fe3+/Fe2+= 0.77v , E ° Ag+/Ag= 0.80v), antilog .508=3.22
OR
(i)What are fuel cells? Give its one advantage & two substances other than Hydrogen
which can be used as fuel.
(ii)Three electrolytic cells A,B ,C containing solutions of ZnSO4, AgNO3 and CuSO4
respectively are connected in series. A steady current of 1.5 ampere was passed through them
until 1.45 g of silver deposited at the cathode of cell B. How long did the current flow? What
mass of copper & zinc were deposited?
Q 34 (a) Give simple chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of organic
compounds.
(i) benzaldehyde and propanal (ii) benzoic acid and methanoic acid
(b) How will you bring about the following conversions in not more than two steps?
(i) methymagnesium bromide to ethanoic acid
(ii) benzoic acid to benzaldehyde
(iii) propanone to propene
OR
(a) Write the structures of A, B and C in the following reactions.
CH3COCl Zn-Hg, conc. HCl (i) KMnO4-KOH
C 6H6 A B C
anhy.AlCl3 (ii) H3O+
(b) Give reasons.
(i) What makes acetic acid a stronger acid than Phenol.
(ii) Why does methanol not give aldol condensation while ethanal gives.
Q 35 (a)Write chemical equations for the conversion of:
172
(i) Chromite ore to sodium chromate
(ii) Pyrolusite to potassium manganate
(b)Give reasons for the following:
(i) Out of Cu2Cl2 and CuCl2, which is more stable and why?
(ii) Among transition metals the highest oxidation state is exhibited in oxo anions of a
metal.
(iii) Transition metals form a large number of complex compounds.

MARKING SCHEME
SECTION A
Q 1-18 each correct answer 1 mark.
1. (a) greater for gases with lower solubility .
2. (d) 1-bromo-4-chlorobut-1-yne .
3. (b) Zr and Hf
4. (c) Anisole
5. (c) 3F
6. (a) diamminedichloridoplatinum (II)
7. (b) 3d5
8. (b) 2.8×10_4 Sec-1
9. (a) Activationenergy of forward reaction is E1 + E2 and product is less stable than reactant
Ea(forward) = E1 + E2
10. (d) (ii)<(i) <(iii)
11. (c) [Cr(NH3)5SCN]2+
12. (d) m-Chlorophenol,
13. (a ) By etard reaction, toluene to benzadehyde is converted.
14. (a) hydrogen bond
15. (a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
16. (C) A is correct, but R is wrong statement.
17. (a) Both A and R are correct statements, and R is the correct explanation of A.
18. (C) A is correct, but R is wrong statement

SECTION B
19. at anode Fe---- fe+2(aq)+ e-
At cathode O 2(g)+ H + + e- 2 H 2O
(1)
overall reaction
Fe (S)+ O2(g )+ H+------- 2 H 2O(l)+ Fe +2(aq)
Fe+2ions are oxidised in the atmosphere to form fe+3 ions. These ions react with
water to form hydrated oxide known as rust. Fe 2 O3.x H2O
(1)
20 (i)An isotonic solution is when two solutions, separated by a semipermeable
membrane, have equal concentrations of solutes and solvent.π1 = π2

173
(1)
(ii) Van’t Hoff factor ‒It expresses the extent of association or dissociation of
solutes in solution.Itis the ratio of the normal and observed molar masses of
solute
i= normal molar mass/ observed molar mass
(1)
OR
W = 3.42 gM = 342 gT = 400 KV = 1 L
Applying
π=n×R×T/V n=mass of solute/molar mass of solute
(1 )
π = 3.42/342 × 0.0821 × 400 / 1 (1/2)
π = 0.3284 atm (1/2)
21. Since a single monochloro derivative is formed, so all the H-atoms in the
compound must be equivalent. Therefore, the compound is-

Reaction involved
(1)

(1)
OR

298 K Light
​CH
CH3 ​CH 2 ​3 + Cl2​CH
2 ​CH ​ClC
3 ​H​CH​CH
2 ​3 + CH​CH
3 ​CH
2 ​CH
2 ​−2 Cl
n-butane 2-Chlorobutane (72%) 1-Chlorobutane
The ease of substitution of various types of H atom is in the order 30>20>10 (1)
since 2 –chloro butane is formed by replacement of 2 hydrogen atom as compared to1hydrogen atom in
case of 1 chlorobutane ,soit is formed in more amount. (1)
22 2NO + Cl2 → 2NOCl
r = k[NO]x [Cl2] y -------------(i)
2r = k [NO]x [2Cl2] y ----------(ii) (1/2)
8r = k [2NO]x [2Cl2] y --------(iii) (1/2)
Divide (iii) by (ii), x = 2 Divide (ii) by (i) , y = 1 Rate = k [NO]2 [Cl2] (1/2)
Order = 2+1 =3 (1/2)
23. (i) Fac- isomer (1/2)
Mer- isomer (1/2)

174
(ii) In [Ni(H2O)6]2+, H O is a weak field ligand. Therefore, there are unpaired
electrons in Ni2+. In this complex, the d electrons from the lower energy level
can be excited to the higher energy level i.e., the possibility of d− d transition is
present. Hence, Ni(H2O)6]2+ is coloured.
In [Ni(CN)4]2−, the electrons are all paired as CN- is a strong field ligand.
Therefore, d-d transition is not possible in [Ni(CN)4]2−. Hence, it is colourless.
(1)
24. (i) HVZ Reaction-

(1)
(ii) Clemmensen reduction-

(1)
25 (i) (1)
Primary structure Secondary structure
It refers to the sequence in which amino acids It refers to the arrangement of polypeptide
are arranged in proteins.each protein has a chains giving rise to a particular shape,which
specific sequence of amino acid units. arises as a result of hydrogen bonding.
(ii) (1)
Nucleoside Nucleotide
It is formed by condensation of a purine or It is formed by condensation of purine or
pyrimidine base, pentose sugar. pyrimidine base,pentosesugar,and phosphoric
acid.

SECTION C
26. (i) Amylose is long unbranched chain polymer of −D(+) glucose but

amylopectin is a branched chain polymer of - D(+)Glucose.

(1)

175
(ii) All six C-atoms in glucose are linked in a straight line (or) linear chain
(1)
(iii) Vitamin B (1)
27. (a) (i) CH3I will react faster because C-I bond undergoes cleavage more easily as compared to
C-Br bond. (1)
(ii) CH3 Cl will react faster because in it the carbon carrying halogen is sterically less
hindered. (1)

(b) chlorobenzene to p- nitrophenol (1)

28 (i) (2)

(ii) Et2NH > EtNH2> NH3> PhNH2 (1)


29 (i) EDTA (Ethylene diamineetra acetic acid), DMG (Dimethyl glyoxime )
(1)
(ii) Paramagnetic. Fe3+=[Ar]3d5
(∵ CN− being a strong field ligand causes pairing) (1/2)

∴Magnetic moment, μ=n(n+2)


​BM (1/2)

(where, n = number of unpaired electrons)


=1(1+2)
​=3​
=1.73BM
(iii) Correct diagram
(1)

(iv) [Co(en)3]3+ is more stable complex than [CO(NH3)6]3+ because of chelate effect.

176
30 (i) Correct definition/Activation energy is defined as the minimum amount of
extra energy required by a reacting molecule to get converted into product.
(1)
(ii) log 2/k1 =( /2.303R) – ([ 2− 1]/T1T2) (1)

log 2 / 1 = 0, 2 / 1 = 1, k2 = k1 Hence, the rate constant at k = 1.6 x 106 (1)

OR
(i) Order- the sum of powers or exponents to which the concentration terms
raised in the rate law expression.
(1)
(ii) T= min, A0=100%, A= − = %, k=?
k=2.303/t log A0/A
=2.303 log 100 = 2.303 (log 4-log3)
20 75 20
= 2.303×(0.6041-.4771)
20
2.303×0.127
20
=0.0146 min−1 (1)
So for 75% completion.
t=2.303×logA0
K A
=2.303×log100=94.97 min (1)
0.0146 25

SECTION D
31 (i) Positive deviation from Raoult’s law. (1+1+2)
(ii) Those compounds of same family having similar forces of attraction form ideal solution.
Eg hexane and heptane form ideal solution
(iii)These are constant boiling mixtures which distill out unchanged in their composition.
The vapour pressure of azeotropic mixture will lowerthanvapourpressureofeachcomponentdue
to stronger force of attraction, therefore, boiling point will behigher.
OR
PA°xA =PB°xB
450 × xA = 200 (1 – xA) [ xB = 1 – xA]
450 xA = 200 – 200 xA
650 xA = 200
XA =200 = 0.30
650
32 (a) (i) Phenol into Salicylicacid. (1+1+2)

177
(ii)Tertiary butyl alcohol will undergo dehydration faster because 3° carbocation is more
stable.
(iii) (a) It is due to resonance in phenol, there is double bond character in C—O bond,
therefore shorter than single bond inmethanol
(b)

cyclohex- 2- ene 1-one


OR

It is due to oxidation.

SECTION E
(i) Relationship between Λm and Κ. (1)
Λm= K x 1000
M
K decreases on decreasing concentrationΛm increases on decreasing
concentration. (1)
(ii) E°cell = E°(cathode) - E° (anode)
=0.80 - 0.77
=0.03 volt (1)
Δ rG°= -nFE°cell
= -1 x 96500 x 0.03
=- J/mol or - . KJ/mol
(1)
log Kc = nEocell /0.059
= 1 x 0.03/0.059=0.508

178
Kc =(antilog) 0.508
= 3.22 (1)
OR
(i) Fuel cells are cells that directly transform the chemical energy of a fuel cell
into electrical energy.),. The fuel cell is constantly supplied with fuel, while the
products are continuously removed. The most popular type is a hydrogen-oxygen
fuel cell. (1+1)
 At the anode, H2 (g)+ OH‒ (aq) → H2O (l)+ e‒
 At the cathode, O2 (g)+ H2O (l)+ e‒ → OH‒ (aq)
 Overall reaction, H2 (g) + O2 (g) → H2O (l
Hig h Efficie n cyPo llu tio n -fre e Wo rkin g Co n tin u o u s Su p p ly o f En e rg y (A NY
ONE) Fuels such as hydrogen (H2), carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), propane
(C3H8 ) methanol (CH3OH),(ANY ONE)
(ii) Cell B: at cathode. (1+1+1)
Ag++ e−  Ag
1 mole (108 g) of Ag is deposited by 96500 C.
1.45 g of Ag will be deposited by 96500/108×1.45
​=1295.6C.
Now,
Q=It
1295.6=1.5×t
t=864s

Cell A: Zn2++2e-−→Zn
2 moles of electrons (2×96500 C of current) produces 1 mole (63.5 g) of zinc.
1295.6 C of electricity will deposit = 65
​×1295.6=0.436 g of zinc
2 x 96500
Cell C : Cu2++2e-−→Cu
2 moles of electrons (2×96500 C ) of current will produce 1 mole (63.5 g) of Cu.
1295.6 C of current will deposit (63.5×1295.6)/
​( 2x 96500)=0.426g of copper.
34 (i) Propanal and propanone can be distinguished by the following tests.(any one test) (1)
(a) Tollen’s test
Propanal is an aldehyde. Thus, it reduces Tollen’s reagent. But, propanone being
a ketone does not reduce Tollen’s reagent.

(b) Fehling’s test


Aldehydes respond to Fehling’s test, but ketones do not.
Propanal being an aldehyde reduces Fehling’s solution to a red-brown
precipitate of Cu2O, but propanone being a ketone does not.

179
(c) Iodoform test:
Aldehydes and ketones having at least one methyl group linked to the carbonyl
carbon atom respond to iodoform test. They are oxidized by sodium hypoiodite
(NaOI) to give iodoforms. Propanone being a methyl ketone responds to this test,
but propanal does not.

(ii) Acetophenone and Benzophenone can be distinguished using the iodoform


test. (1)
Iodoform test:
Methyl ketones are oxidized by sodium hypoiodite to give yellow ppt. of
iodoform. Acetophenone being a methyl ketone responds to this test, but
benzophenone does not.
(i) methymagnesium bromide to ethanoic acid
(1)

(ii) benzoic acid to benzaldehyde


(1)

(iii) propanone to propene


(1)

OR
A=C H COCH (1)
180
B=C H CH (1)
C=C H COOH (1)
b)(i) Greater resonance stabilization of acetate ion over phenoxide ion.
(1)
(ii) This is because only those compounds which have alpha hydrogen atom
can undergo aldol reaction.Methanal has no alpha hydrogen,hence does not
undergo aldol condensation
Ethanol possess alpha hydrogen and undergoes aldol condensation.
(1)
35 (a) (i) chromite ore to sodium chromate.
(1)
FeCr2O4+ Na2CO3+ O2→ Na2CrO4+ Fe2O3+ CO2
(ii) Pyrolusite to potassium manganate (1)
MNO2+ KOH+O2------- K2MNO4+ H2O
b (i) CuCl2 is more stable than Cu2Cl2. The stability of Cu(aq) + is more
than Cu(aq)+ due to the much more negative ΔhydH of Cu +(aq) than Cu(aq)+.
(1)
(ii) Oxygen is a strong oxidizing agent due to its high electronegativity and small
size. So, oxo-anions of metal have the highest oxidation state.
For example, in MnO −, the oxidation state of Mn is +7.
(1)
(iii) Transition metal form a large number of complex compound
because it is due to small size and high ionic change / availability of d orbitals.
(1)

BLUE PRINT

181
S NO Name of Uni Objectiv Very Short Case Long TOTAL
e type short answer based answer MARKS
Questio answer Questio Questio Questio
ns (1) questio n (3) n ns
n (2)
1 solution 1 1 1 7
2 electrochemis 2 1 1 9
try
3 Chemical 2 1 1 7
kinetics
4 D and f block 2 1 7
elements
5 Coordination 2 1 1 7
compounds
6 Haloalkanes 1 1 1 6
and
haloarenes
7 Alcohols 2 1 6
phenols and
ethers
8 Aldehydes 1 1 1 8
ketones and
carboxylic
acids
9 Amines 3 1 6
10 Biomolecules 2 1 1 7
TOTAL [No. of 18(1) 7(2) 5(3) 2(4) 3(5) 70
Ques. (Marks)
]

182
SET-8
MOD EL Q UESTION PA PER
CLA SS– X II
SUBJECT-CHEMISTRY(Th eo ry)
MA X MA RKS 7 0 TIME-3 HRS

G en eral In stru ctio n s:


Read th e fo llo w in g in stru ctio n s carefu lly.
a) Th ere are 3 5 q u estio n s in th is q u estio n p ap er w ith in tern al ch o ice.
b) SECTION A co n sists o f 1 8 m u ltip le-ch o ice q u estio n s carryin g 1 m ark each .
c) SECTION B co n sists o f 7 very sh o rt an sw er q u estio n s carryin g 2 m arks each .
d) SECTION C co n sists o f 5 sh o rt an sw er q u estio n s carryin g 3 m arks each .
e) SECTION D co n sists o f 2 case-b ased q u estio n s carryin g 4 m arks each .
f) SECTION E co n sists o f 3 lo n g an sw er q u estio n s carryin g 5 m arks each .
g) A ll q u estio n s are co m p u lso ry.
h) Use o f lo g tab les an d calcu lato rs is n o t allo w ed .

SECTION-A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer.
Each question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. The charge required for the reduction of 1 mol of MnO4‒ to MnO2 is 1
(a) F
(b) F
(c) F
(d) F
2. In a chemical reaction, A → B, the rate of disappearance of A is 6.0 × 1
103 mole per litre per second. What will be rate of appearance of B?
(a) 12.0 × 103 mole per litre per second
(b) . × 103 mole per litre per second
(c) 3.0 × 103 mole per litre per second
(d) . × 106 mole per litre per second
3 If the initial concentration of reactant is doubled, t1/2 is also doubled, 1
the order of reaction is
(a) zero
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
4. Which of the following has magnetic moment value of 5.9? 1

183
(a) Fe2+
(b) Fe3+
(c) Ni2+
(d) Cu2+
5 Consider Fig. and mark the correct option. 1

(а) Activation energy of forward reaction is E + E and product is less


stable than reactant.
(b) Activation energy of forward reaction is E1+E2 and product is
more stable than reactant.
(c) Activation energy of both forward and backward reaction is E1
+E2 and reactant is more stable than product.
(d) Activation energy of backward reaction is E1 and product is more
stable than reactant.
6. Which of the following can make a stable compound with a metal ion 1
(a) oxalate (b)ethan , ‒diammine
(c) EDTA (d)SCN-
7. The complex ions [Co(NH3)5(NO2)]2+ and [Co(NH3)5 (ONO)]2+ are 1
called
(a)Ionization isomers (b)Linkage isomers
(c)Co-ordination isomers (d) Geometrical isomers
8. Which of the following arearranged in the decreasing order of dipole 1
moment?
(a)CH3Cl, CH3Br,CH3F (b)CH3Cl,CH3F,CH3Br
(c)CH3Br,CH3Cl,CH3F (d)CH3Br,CH3F,CH3Cl
9. Phenol reacts with bromine in CS2 at low temperature to give 1
a) m-bromophenol
b) p-bromophenol
c) o-and p-bromophenol
d) 2,4,6-tribromophenol
184
10 The alcohol which does not react with Lucas reagent is 1
. a)isobutylalcohol
b) tert-butylalcohol
c) sec-butylalcohol
d)n-butanol
11 The addition of HCN to carbonyl compounds is an example of 1
. (a)nucleophilic addition (b)electrophilic addition
(c)free radical addition (d)electromeric addition
12 Formaldehyde react with Grignard’s reagent to give addition 1
. products which on hydrolysis give
(a)tertiary alcohols (b)secondary alcohols
(c)primary alcohols (d)carboxylic acids
13 Which of the following: when heated with a mixture of ethanamine and 1
. alcoholic potash gives ethyl isocyanide?
(a) -chloropropane (b) , -dichloropropane
(c)trichloro methane (d)tetra chloro methane
14 Amine that can not be prepared by Gabriel-Phthalmidie synthesis 1
. (a)aniline (b)benzylamine (c)methylamine (d)iso-butylamine
15 Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion(A) and 1
. Reason(R)
Assertion (A): Zn is not considered as transition metal.
Reason(R):Zn do not have their last electron in d orbital.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.
16 Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion(A) and 1
. Reason(R)
Assertion (A): With HI, anisole gives iodo benzene and methyl
alcohol.
Reason:Iodide ion combines with smaller group to avoid steric
hindrance
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

185
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.

17 Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion(A) and 1


. Reason(R)
Assertion: Hoffmann’s bromamide reaction gives primary
amines.
Reason: Primary amines are more basic than secondary amines
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.
18 Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion(A) and 1
. Reason(R)
Assertion(A): Glucose produces n-hexane when reduced in presence
of HI
Reason: Glucose has an aldehyde group
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.
SECTION:B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are very short answer type and
carry 2 marks each.
19 Define conductivity and molar conductivity for the solution of an 2
. electrolyte.
20 a) Define rate of reaction 2
. b) Express the rate of the following reaction in terms of the formation
of ammonia:
186
N2(g)+ H2(g)→ NH3(g)

21 Show that in a first order reaction, time required for completion of 2


. 99.9% is 10 times of half-life(t1/2) of the reaction.
OR
A reaction is of second order with respect to a reactant. How will the
rate of reaction be affected if the concentration of this reactant is
(i)Doubled (ii) reduced to half?
22 a) Write IUPAC name for the compound:[CoCl2 (en)2]Cl 2
. b) Out of the following two coordination entities which is chiral
(optically active) and Why?
( )cis-[CrCl2(ox)2 ]3‒ (2) trans-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3‒
23 a) Arrange the following in increasing order of boiling point: 2
. (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2Br (ii)(CH3)3.Br (iii)(CH3)2C.Br
b) Convert Propene to -iodopropane
OR
Give reasons:
a) R-X reacts with KCN to give cyanides as major product and
isocyanides as major product with AgCN.
b) Chloroform is preserved in dark coloured bottles.
24. a) Arrange the following compounds in an increasing order of their 2
reactivity in nucleophilic addition reactions:
Ethanal, Propanal, Propanone, and Butanone.
b) Give a chemical test to distinguish between Ethanal and Propanal.
25. a) Write a difference between a nucleoside and a nucleotide 2
b) Vitamin C must be taken regularly in diet. Why?
SECTION :C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are short answer type and carry 3
marks each.
26. a) State Henry’s law. 3
b) The vapour pressure of pure benzene at a certain temperature is
0.850 bar. A non-volatile, non-electrolyte solid weighing 0.5 g when
added to 39.0 g of benzene (molar mass 78 g mol-1). Vapour pressure
of the solution, then is 0.845 bar.What is the molar mass of the solid
substance?
187
27. a) The Complex [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is a coloured compound. Justify. 3
b) Explain:[Co(NH3)6]3+ is an inner orbital complex whereas [CoF6]3-is an
outer orbital complex.
c) Write the coordination number and oxidation number for Fe in the
coordination entity [Fe(CN)6 ] 4-
OR
a) Explain on the basis of valence bond theory that [Ni(CN)4]2- ion with
square planar structure is diamagnetic and [NiCl4]2- ion with tetrahedral
geometry is paramagnetic.
b) FeSO4 solution mixed with (NH4)2SO4 solution in 1: 1 molar ratio gives
the test of Fe2+ ion but CuSO4 solution mixed with aqueous
ammonia in 1:4 molar ratio does not give the test of Cu2+ ion. Explain
why?
28. a)Which one of the following compounds will undergo faster hydrolysis 3
reaction by SN mechanism? Justify your answer.
C6H5CH2Cl or CH3CH2CH2Cl
b) What happens when chlorobenzene reacts with Sodium
hydroxide at K and 300 atm pressure?
.29. What happens when(Attempt any three) 3
i) Propanone is treated with methyl magnesium bromide and
the product is hydrolysed .
ii) Two moles of Benzaldehyde are heated with concentrated
NaOH.
iii) Tert.butyl alcohol is heated with copper at K.
30. a) Arrange the following in decreasing order of their basic strength: 3
C6H5NH2 , C2H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH, NH3
b) Why Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction?
b)What happen when C H (NH)CH reacts with CHCl andKOH?
SECTION :D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has
an internal choice and carries 4(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage
carefully and answer the questions that follow:
31. When a solution does not obey Raoult’s law over the entire range of
concentration, then it is called non-ideal solution. The vapour pressure
of such a solution is either higher or lower than that predicted
byRaoult’s law. If it is higher, the solution exhibits positive deviation and

188
if it is lower,it exhibits negative deviation from Raoult’s law.
The osmotic pressure of a solution is the excess pressure that must be
applied to a solution to prevent osmosis, i.e., to stop the passage of
solvent molecules through a Semi permeable membrane into the
solution.Osmotic pressure is colligative property as it depends on the
number of solute molecules and not on their identity. For dilute
solutions, it has been found experimentally that osmotic pressure is
proportional to the molarity, C of the Solution at a given temperature T.
Thus: Π = C R T Here Π is the osmotic pressure and R is the gas constant.
Π=(n /V)RT

a) Define ideal solution. 4


b) What kind of deviation is found in solution of alcohol in water?
c) cm3of an aqueous solution of a protein contains 1.26 g of the
protein. The osmotic pressure of such a solution at 300 K is found to be
2.57×10-3bar. Calculate the molar mass of the protein.
OR
Why Osmotic Pressure is used to measure the molar mass of
biomolecules?
32 The carbohydrates may also be classified as either reducing or non 4
. reducing sugars.All those carbohydrates which reduce Fehling’s
solution and Tollens’ reagent are referred to as reducing sugars. All
monosaccharides whether aldose or ketose are reducing sugars.
Fructose also has the molecular formula C6H12O6 and on the basis of its
reactions it was found to contain a ketonic functional group at carbon
number 2 and six carbons in straight chain as in the case of glucose. It
belongs to D-series and is a laevorotatory compound. It is
appropriately written as D-(‒)-fructose. Its open chain structure is as
shown.
Polysaccharides contain a large number of monosaccharide units
joined together by glycosidic linkages. These are the most commonly
encountered carbohydrates in nature. They mainly act as the food
storage or structural materials. Protein found in a biological system
with a unique three-dimensional structure and biological activity is
called a native protein. When a protein in its native form, is subjected
to physical change like change in temperature or chemical change like
change in pH, the hydrogen bonds are disturbed.
189
a) Sucrose can not reduce theTollen’s reagent.why?
b) The optical activity of sucrose is changed to from dextro to leavo
after some time.Explain it.

c) What is denaturation of protein and which structure of protein


remains intact during denaturation?
OR
What is the significance of D and L and + and ‒ sign in sugars.
SECTION:E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each.
Two questions have an internal choice.
33 (a) A cell is prepared by dipping a zinc rod in M zinc sulphate 1+
. solution and a silver electrode in M silver nitrate solution. The 1+
standard electrode potential given: 3=
E0Zn2+/Zn =- 0.76 V,E0Ag+ /Ag =+0.80 V 5
What is the effect of increase in concentration of Zn2+ on the Ecell?
(b) Write the products of electrolysis of aqueous solution of NaCl with
platinum electrodes.
(c) Represent the cell in which the following reaction takes place
Mg(s) + Ag+( . M) → Mg2+( . M) + Ag(s)
Calculate its Ecell if = 3.17 V.
1+
Write the cell configuration
2+
OR
2=
a) What is the role of zinc chloride in drycell?
5

190
b) /\m ° for NaCl, HCl and NaAc are 126.4, 425.9 and 91.0 S cm2 /mol
respectively. Calculate Λo for HAc.
c) Write the chemical reactions taking place at the electrodes
during discharging of lead storage battery.
34 a)Assign reasons for the following: 3+
. (i) Copper(I) ion is not known in aqueous solution. 2=
(ii) Actinoids exhibit greater range of oxidation states than lanthanoids 5
(iii) Cr2+ is reducing in nature while with the same d-orbital
configuration (d4) Mn3+is an oxidizing agent.
b)Complete the following chemical equations:

35 a) Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their boiling 1+


. points: 1+
CH3CHO,CH3CH2OH,CH3OCH3 ,CH3CH2CH3 1+
b) Would you expect Benzaldehyde to be more reactive or less reactive 2=
in nucleophilic addition reactions than propanal? Explain your 5
answer.
c) 4-Nitro benzoic acid is more acidic than -methoxy benzoic acid.
Give reason .
d) Explain the following reaction 1+
(i) Aldol condensation (ii) Etard reaction 1+
OR 3=
a)Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their 5
acidity:
Benzoic acid, p-nitro benzoic acid, p-methyl benzoic acid
b) What happens when alkyl magnesium bromide reacts with dry ice
c)Write the reactions involved in the following:
(i) Hell-Volhard Zelinsky reaction.
(ii) Decarboxylation reaction.
(iii) Wollf-Kishner reduction.

MARKING SCHEME
SECTION-A

Q. Sch em e o f A n sw er Marks
No

191
1. (c) 3 F 1
2. (c) . × 103 mole per litre per second 1
3 (a) Zero 1
4. Which of the following has magnetic moment value of 5.9? 1
(b) Fe3+
5. (а) Activation energy of forward reaction is E + E and product is 1
less stable than reactant.
6. (c) EDTA 1
7. (b)Linkage isomers 1
8. (c)CH3Br,CH3Cl,CH3F 1
9. a) o-and p-bromophenol 1
10 d)n-butanol 1
.
11 (a)nucleophilic addition 1
.
12 (c)primary alcohols 1
.
13 (c)trichloromethane 1
.
14 (a)aniline 1
.
15 (c) A is true but R is false. 1
.
16 b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A. 1
.
17 c) A is true but R is false. 1
.
18 b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A. 1
.
SECTION:B
19 Correct definitions 1+1
.
20 a) Definition 1
. b) ½ × Δ[ NH3]/Δt 1

192
21 ½
.
Correct solution

OR
(i) times 1
(ii)¼ times 1
22 a) Bis-(ethane-1,2-diamine)dichloridocobalt(III) chloride 1
. b) ( )cis-[CrCl2(ox)2]3‒ ½
this compound has non superimposable mirror image. ½
23 a) Arrange the following in increasing order of boiling point: 1
. (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2Br >(ii)CH3CH2CH(CH3).Br >(iii)(CH3)3C.Br
b) CH3CH=CH2 HBr / H2O2→ CH3CH2CH2Br AgI→ CH CH CH I 1

OR
1
a) Correct reason
1
b) Correct reason
24. a) Ethanal>Propanal>Propanone>Butanone. 1
b) Tollens test 1
25. a) Nucleotide contains a phosphate group 1
b) Deficiency of Vitamin C caused scurvy diseased. 1
SECTION :C
26. a) Henry’s law. 1
Po − P w × M1
b) o = 2
P M2 × w1 ½
0.85 − 0.845 0.5 × 78
=
0.85 M2 × 39
½
Calculation ½
=170 g mol -1
½
27. a) Ti3+contains one unpaired electron 1
b) NH3 is a strong ligand whereas F is a weak ligand 1
c) Coordination number= ,oxidation number=+ ½+½
OR
a) Ni2+ in [Ni(CN)4]2- ion has all electron paired to form dsp 1+1
hybridisation whereas Ni2+ in [NiCl4]2- ion has unpaired electron in
1
sp hybrid state.
b) FeSO4 solution with (NH4)2SO4forms a double salt (Mohrs salt)
while CuSO4 solution with ammonia form a complex.

193
28. a) C6H5CH2Cl because stable benzyl carbocation and 2
explanation 1
a) C6H5Cl + NaOH → C6H5OH + NaCl
29. i) 1

ii)
1

iii)

1
30. a) (C2H5)2NH>C2H5NH2>C6H5NH2>NH3 1
b) -NH2 group react with AlCl predominantly. 1
c) No reaction, because it is a secondary amine and does not 1
undergo carbylamine reaction.
SECTION :D
31. a) Definition of ideal solution. 1
b) Negative deviation 1
c) M =
w × RT ½
V×Π
1//2
1.26 × 0.083 × 300 × 1000
M= ½
200 × 2.57 × 10 −3
½
Calculation
= 61039 g mol-1
OR 2
Because biomolecules are macromolecule. They have large molar
mass and variable molar mass.
32 a) Because it does not contain an aldehyde group. 1
. b) Sucrose is a dextro compound but after hydrolysis it convert 1
to equimolar mixture of glucose and fructose which is a
leavo rotatory mixture. 1

c) destruction of working nature of protein by any factor is


1
called denaturation.
Primary structure.
2
OR
194
D and L are configuration which can be explained by pen-paper
by the configuration of OH group on second-last carbon.
+and‒are the sign for dextro and leavo respectively after
experimental verification

SECTION:E
33 (a) 1
.

According to Nernst equation if concentration of


Zn2+increased, Ecell will be decreased.
(b)
1

(c)
½

Calculation ½
½
1
OR
a) Zinc chloride increased conductivity of electrolyte and captures
1
produced ammonia gas

b) ½
½
Calculation
½
½
c)

195
34 a)(i) Cu+ in an aqueous solution is unstable because it 1
. disproportionates to give Cu2+ and Cu.
(ii) because of the very small energy gap between f, d and s 1

ubshells. 1

(iii) Cr3+ is more stable than Cr+2 ion Mn2+ is more stable than Mn3+
1
b)
1

35 a) CH3CH2CH3>CH3OCH3> CH3CHO >CH3CH2OH 1


. b) Propanal is more reactive towards nucleophilic reaction 1
because carbon atom in propanal is more electrophilic than
benzaldehyde. Benzaldehyde undergoes resonance.
1
c) Because nitro group is electron withdrawing which stabilizes
carboxylate anion and ease the releasing of proton.
d) (i) 1

(ii) 1

OR 1
a)p-methylbenzoicacid> benzoicacid > p-nitrobenzoicacid 1
b) Carboxylic acid is formed

c) (i)

(ii)
1

(iii)

196
BLUE PRINT
Sec-A Sec- B Sec C Sec- D Sec- E
1 Mark 2M 3M 4M 5M
Unit Name of Unit MCQ A-R VSA SA Case LA Total
No. Based
II Solutions 3 (1) 4 (1) 7 (2)
III Electrochemistry 1 (1) 2 (1) 5 (1) 8 (3)
IV Chemical Kinetics 3 (3) 4 (2) 7 (5)
VIII d -and f -Block 1 (1) 1 (1) 5 (1) 7 (3)
Elements
IX Coordination 2 (2) 2 (1) 3 (1) 7 (4)
Compounds
X Haloalkanes and 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Haloarenes
XI Alcohols, Phenols 2 (2) 1 (1) 3 (1) 6 (4)
and ethers
XII Aldehydes, Ketones 2 (2) 2 (1) 5 (1) 9 (4)
and carboxylic acids
XIII Amines 2 (2) 1 (1) 4 (1) 7 (4)
XIV Biomolecules 1 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1) 6 (3)
Total 14 (14) 4 (4) 14 (7) 15 (5) 8 (2) 15 (3) 70 (35)

--------------***********************----------------

197

You might also like